/[svn]/web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.html
ViewVC logotype

Contents of /web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.html

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log


Revision 1162 - (show annotations) (download) (as text)
Mon Apr 16 16:02:19 2007 UTC (17 years ago) by iliev
File MIME type: text/html
File size: 346490 byte(s)
* Implemented instruments database

1 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
2 <html lang="en"><head><title>LinuxSampler Control Protocol</title>
3 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
4 <meta name="description" content="LinuxSampler Control Protocol">
5 <meta name="keywords" content="LSCP">
6 <meta name="generator" content="xml2rfc v1.32 (http://xml.resource.org/)">
7 <style type='text/css'><!--
8 body {
9 font-family: verdana, charcoal, helvetica, arial, sans-serif;
10 font-size: small; color: #000; background-color: #FFF;
11 margin: 2em;
12 }
13 h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
14 font-family: helvetica, monaco, "MS Sans Serif", arial, sans-serif;
15 font-weight: bold; font-style: normal;
16 }
17 h1 { color: #900; background-color: transparent; text-align: right; }
18 h3 { color: #333; background-color: transparent; }
19
20 td.RFCbug {
21 font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;
22 width: 30px; height: 30px; padding-top: 2px;
23 text-align: justify; vertical-align: middle;
24 background-color: #000;
25 }
26 td.RFCbug span.RFC {
27 font-family: monaco, charcoal, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, verdana, sans-serif;
28 font-weight: bold; color: #666;
29 }
30 td.RFCbug span.hotText {
31 font-family: charcoal, monaco, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, verdana, sans-serif;
32 font-weight: normal; text-align: center; color: #FFF;
33 }
34
35 table.TOCbug { width: 30px; height: 15px; }
36 td.TOCbug {
37 text-align: center; width: 30px; height: 15px;
38 color: #FFF; background-color: #900;
39 }
40 td.TOCbug a {
41 font-family: monaco, charcoal, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, sans-serif;
42 font-weight: bold; font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;
43 color: #FFF; background-color: transparent;
44 }
45
46 td.header {
47 font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: x-small;
48 vertical-align: top; width: 33%;
49 color: #FFF; background-color: #666;
50 }
51 td.author { font-weight: bold; font-size: x-small; margin-left: 4em; }
52 td.author-text { font-size: x-small; }
53
54 /* info code from SantaKlauss at http://www.madaboutstyle.com/tooltip2.html */
55 a.info {
56 /* This is the key. */
57 position: relative;
58 z-index: 24;
59 text-decoration: none;
60 }
61 a.info:hover {
62 z-index: 25;
63 color: #FFF; background-color: #900;
64 }
65 a.info span { display: none; }
66 a.info:hover span.info {
67 /* The span will display just on :hover state. */
68 display: block;
69 position: absolute;
70 font-size: smaller;
71 top: 2em; left: -5em; width: 15em;
72 padding: 2px; border: 1px solid #333;
73 color: #900; background-color: #EEE;
74 text-align: left;
75 }
76
77 a { font-weight: bold; }
78 a:link { color: #900; background-color: transparent; }
79 a:visited { color: #633; background-color: transparent; }
80 a:active { color: #633; background-color: transparent; }
81
82 p { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
83 p.copyright { font-size: x-small; }
84 p.toc { font-size: small; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 3em; }
85 table.toc { margin: 0 0 0 3em; padding: 0; border: 0; vertical-align: text-top; }
86 td.toc { font-size: small; font-weight: bold; vertical-align: text-top; }
87
88 ol.text { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
89 ul.text { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
90 li { margin-left: 3em; }
91
92 /* RFC-2629 <spanx>s and <artwork>s. */
93 em { font-style: italic; }
94 strong { font-weight: bold; }
95 dfn { font-weight: bold; font-style: normal; }
96 cite { font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; }
97 tt { color: #036; }
98 tt, pre, pre dfn, pre em, pre cite, pre span {
99 font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; font-size: small;
100 }
101 pre {
102 text-align: left; padding: 4px;
103 color: #000; background-color: #CCC;
104 }
105 pre dfn { color: #900; }
106 pre em { color: #66F; background-color: #FFC; font-weight: normal; }
107 pre .key { color: #33C; font-weight: bold; }
108 pre .id { color: #900; }
109 pre .str { color: #000; background-color: #CFF; }
110 pre .val { color: #066; }
111 pre .rep { color: #909; }
112 pre .oth { color: #000; background-color: #FCF; }
113 pre .err { background-color: #FCC; }
114
115 /* RFC-2629 <texttable>s. */
116 table.all, table.full, table.headers, table.none {
117 font-size: small; text-align: center; border-width: 2px;
118 vertical-align: top; border-collapse: collapse;
119 }
120 table.all, table.full { border-style: solid; border-color: black; }
121 table.headers, table.none { border-style: none; }
122 th {
123 font-weight: bold; border-color: black;
124 border-width: 2px 2px 3px 2px;
125 }
126 table.all th, table.full th { border-style: solid; }
127 table.headers th { border-style: none none solid none; }
128 table.none th { border-style: none; }
129 table.all td {
130 border-style: solid; border-color: #333;
131 border-width: 1px 2px;
132 }
133 table.full td, table.headers td, table.none td { border-style: none; }
134
135 hr { height: 1px; }
136 hr.insert {
137 width: 80%; border-style: none; border-width: 0;
138 color: #CCC; background-color: #CCC;
139 }
140 --></style>
141 </head>
142 <body>
143 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
144 <table summary="layout" width="66%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"><tr><td><table summary="layout" width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1">
145 <tr><td class="header">LinuxSampler Developers</td><td class="header">C. Schoenebeck</td></tr>
146 <tr><td class="header">Internet-Draft</td><td class="header">Interessengemeinschaft Software</td></tr>
147 <tr><td class="header">Intended status: Standards Track</td><td class="header">Engineering e. V.</td></tr>
148 <tr><td class="header">Expires: October 18, 2007</td><td class="header">April 16, 2007</td></tr>
149 </table></td></tr></table>
150 <h1><br />LinuxSampler Control Protocol<br />LSCP 1.2</h1>
151
152 <h3>Status of this Memo</h3>
153 <p>
154 By submitting this Internet-Draft,
155 each author represents that any applicable patent or other IPR claims of which
156 he or she is aware have been or will be disclosed,
157 and any of which he or she becomes aware will be disclosed,
158 in accordance with Section&nbsp;6 of BCP&nbsp;79.</p>
159 <p>
160 Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
161 Task Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups.
162 Note that other groups may also distribute working documents as
163 Internet-Drafts.</p>
164 <p>
165 Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
166 and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any time.
167 It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference material or to cite
168 them other than as &ldquo;work in progress.&rdquo;</p>
169 <p>
170 The list of current Internet-Drafts can be accessed at
171 <a href='http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt'>http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt</a>.</p>
172 <p>
173 The list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at
174 <a href='http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html'>http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html</a>.</p>
175 <p>
176 This Internet-Draft will expire on October 18, 2007.</p>
177
178 <h3>Copyright Notice</h3>
179 <p>
180 Copyright &copy; The IETF Trust (2007).</p>
181
182 <h3>Abstract</h3>
183
184 <p>The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an
185 application-level protocol primarily intended for local and
186 remote controlling the LinuxSampler backend application, which is a
187 sophisticated server-like console application essentially playing
188 back audio samples and manipulating the samples in real time to
189 certain extent.
190 </p><a name="toc"></a><br /><hr />
191 <h3>Table of Contents</h3>
192 <p class="toc">
193 <a href="#anchor1">1.</a>&nbsp;
194 Requirements notation<br />
195 <a href="#LSCP versioning">2.</a>&nbsp;
196 Versioning of this specification<br />
197 <a href="#anchor2">3.</a>&nbsp;
198 Introduction<br />
199 <a href="#anchor3">4.</a>&nbsp;
200 Focus of this protocol<br />
201 <a href="#anchor4">5.</a>&nbsp;
202 Communication Overview<br />
203 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor5">5.1.</a>&nbsp;
204 Request/response communication method<br />
205 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor6">5.1.1.</a>&nbsp;
206 Result format<br />
207 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor7">5.2.</a>&nbsp;
208 Subscribe/notify communication method<br />
209 <a href="#control_commands">6.</a>&nbsp;
210 Description for control commands<br />
211 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor8">6.1.</a>&nbsp;
212 Ignored lines and comments<br />
213 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor9">6.2.</a>&nbsp;
214 Configuring audio drivers<br />
215 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">6.2.1.</a>&nbsp;
216 Getting amount of available audio output drivers<br />
217 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">6.2.2.</a>&nbsp;
218 Getting all available audio output drivers<br />
219 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO">6.2.3.</a>&nbsp;
220 Getting information about a specific audio
221 output driver<br />
222 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">6.2.4.</a>&nbsp;
223 Getting information about specific audio
224 output driver parameter<br />
225 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.2.5.</a>&nbsp;
226 Creating an audio output device<br />
227 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.2.6.</a>&nbsp;
228 Destroying an audio output device<br />
229 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">6.2.7.</a>&nbsp;
230 Getting all created audio output device count<br />
231 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">6.2.8.</a>&nbsp;
232 Getting all created audio output device list<br />
233 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO">6.2.9.</a>&nbsp;
234 Getting current settings of an audio output device<br />
235 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">6.2.10.</a>&nbsp;
236 Changing settings of audio output devices<br />
237 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO">6.2.11.</a>&nbsp;
238 Getting information about an audio channel<br />
239 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO">6.2.12.</a>&nbsp;
240 Getting information about specific audio channel parameter<br />
241 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER">6.2.13.</a>&nbsp;
242 Changing settings of audio output channels<br />
243 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor10">6.3.</a>&nbsp;
244 Configuring MIDI input drivers<br />
245 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">6.3.1.</a>&nbsp;
246 Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers<br />
247 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">6.3.2.</a>&nbsp;
248 Getting all available MIDI input drivers<br />
249 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO">6.3.3.</a>&nbsp;
250 Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver<br />
251 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">6.3.4.</a>&nbsp;
252 Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter<br />
253 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.3.5.</a>&nbsp;
254 Creating a MIDI input device<br />
255 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.3.6.</a>&nbsp;
256 Destroying a MIDI input device<br />
257 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">6.3.7.</a>&nbsp;
258 Getting all created MIDI input device count<br />
259 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">6.3.8.</a>&nbsp;
260 Getting all created MIDI input device list<br />
261 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO">6.3.9.</a>&nbsp;
262 Getting current settings of a MIDI input device<br />
263 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">6.3.10.</a>&nbsp;
264 Changing settings of MIDI input devices<br />
265 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO">6.3.11.</a>&nbsp;
266 Getting information about a MIDI port<br />
267 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO">6.3.12.</a>&nbsp;
268 Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter<br />
269 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER">6.3.13.</a>&nbsp;
270 Changing settings of MIDI input ports<br />
271 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor11">6.4.</a>&nbsp;
272 Configuring sampler channels<br />
273 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LOAD INSTRUMENT">6.4.1.</a>&nbsp;
274 Loading an instrument<br />
275 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LOAD ENGINE">6.4.2.</a>&nbsp;
276 Loading a sampler engine<br />
277 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNELS">6.4.3.</a>&nbsp;
278 Getting all created sampler channel count<br />
279 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST CHANNELS">6.4.4.</a>&nbsp;
280 Getting all created sampler channel list<br />
281 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD CHANNEL">6.4.5.</a>&nbsp;
282 Adding a new sampler channel<br />
283 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE CHANNEL">6.4.6.</a>&nbsp;
284 Removing a sampler channel<br />
285 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES">6.4.7.</a>&nbsp;
286 Getting amount of available engines<br />
287 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">6.4.8.</a>&nbsp;
288 Getting all available engines<br />
289 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET ENGINE INFO">6.4.9.</a>&nbsp;
290 Getting information about an engine<br />
291 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL INFO">6.4.10.</a>&nbsp;
292 Getting sampler channel information<br />
293 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT">6.4.11.</a>&nbsp;
294 Current number of active voices<br />
295 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT">6.4.12.</a>&nbsp;
296 Current number of active disk streams<br />
297 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL">6.4.13.</a>&nbsp;
298 Current fill state of disk stream buffers<br />
299 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.4.14.</a>&nbsp;
300 Setting audio output device<br />
301 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE">6.4.15.</a>&nbsp;
302 Setting audio output type<br />
303 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.16.</a>&nbsp;
304 Setting audio output channel<br />
305 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.4.17.</a>&nbsp;
306 Setting MIDI input device<br />
307 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE">6.4.18.</a>&nbsp;
308 Setting MIDI input type<br />
309 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT">6.4.19.</a>&nbsp;
310 Setting MIDI input port<br />
311 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.20.</a>&nbsp;
312 Setting MIDI input channel<br />
313 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL VOLUME">6.4.21.</a>&nbsp;
314 Setting channel volume<br />
315 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MUTE">6.4.22.</a>&nbsp;
316 Muting a sampler channel<br />
317 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL SOLO">6.4.23.</a>&nbsp;
318 Soloing a sampler channel<br />
319 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.4.24.</a>&nbsp;
320 Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel<br />
321 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE FX_SEND">6.4.25.</a>&nbsp;
322 Adding an effect send to a sampler channel<br />
323 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY FX_SEND">6.4.26.</a>&nbsp;
324 Removing an effect send from a sampler channel<br />
325 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FX_SENDS">6.4.27.</a>&nbsp;
326 Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel<br />
327 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST FX_SENDS">6.4.28.</a>&nbsp;
328 Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel<br />
329 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FX_SEND INFO">6.4.29.</a>&nbsp;
330 Getting effect send information<br />
331 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND NAME">6.4.30.</a>&nbsp;
332 Changing effect send's name<br />
333 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.31.</a>&nbsp;
334 Altering effect send's audio routing<br />
335 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER">6.4.32.</a>&nbsp;
336 Altering effect send's MIDI controller<br />
337 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND LEVEL">6.4.33.</a>&nbsp;
338 Altering effect send's send level<br />
339 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#RESET CHANNEL">6.4.34.</a>&nbsp;
340 Resetting a sampler channel<br />
341 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor12">6.5.</a>&nbsp;
342 Controlling connection<br />
343 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE">6.5.1.</a>&nbsp;
344 Register front-end for receiving event messages<br />
345 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#UNSUBSCRIBE">6.5.2.</a>&nbsp;
346 Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages<br />
347 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET ECHO">6.5.3.</a>&nbsp;
348 Enable or disable echo of commands<br />
349 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#QUIT">6.5.4.</a>&nbsp;
350 Close client connection<br />
351 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor13">6.6.</a>&nbsp;
352 Global commands<br />
353 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">6.6.1.</a>&nbsp;
354 Current number of active voices<br />
355 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX">6.6.2.</a>&nbsp;
356 Maximum amount of active voices<br />
357 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#RESET">6.6.3.</a>&nbsp;
358 Reset sampler<br />
359 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET SERVER INFO">6.6.4.</a>&nbsp;
360 General sampler informations<br />
361 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET VOLUME">6.6.5.</a>&nbsp;
362 Getting global volume attenuation<br />
363 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET VOLUME">6.6.6.</a>&nbsp;
364 Setting global volume attenuation<br />
365 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MIDI Instrument Mapping">6.7.</a>&nbsp;
366 MIDI Instrument Mapping<br />
367 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT MAP">6.7.1.</a>&nbsp;
368 Create a new MIDI instrument map<br />
369 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.7.2.</a>&nbsp;
370 Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps<br />
371 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">6.7.3.</a>&nbsp;
372 Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps<br />
373 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">6.7.4.</a>&nbsp;
374 Getting all created MIDI instrument maps<br />
375 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO">6.7.5.</a>&nbsp;
376 Getting MIDI instrument map information<br />
377 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME">6.7.6.</a>&nbsp;
378 Renaming a MIDI instrument map<br />
379 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">6.7.7.</a>&nbsp;
380 Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry<br />
381 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.8.</a>&nbsp;
382 Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries<br />
383 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.9.</a>&nbsp;
384 Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map<br />
385 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">6.7.10.</a>&nbsp;
386 Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map<br />
387 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">6.7.11.</a>&nbsp;
388 Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry<br />
389 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.12.</a>&nbsp;
390 Clear MIDI instrument map<br />
391 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#Managing Instruments Database">6.8.</a>&nbsp;
392 Managing Instruments Database<br />
393 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.1.</a>&nbsp;
394 Creating a new instrument directory<br />
395 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.2.</a>&nbsp;
396 Deleting an instrument directory<br />
397 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.3.</a>&nbsp;
398 Getting amount of instrument directories<br />
399 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.4.</a>&nbsp;
400 Listing all directories in specific directory<br />
401 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO">6.8.5.</a>&nbsp;
402 Getting instrument directory information<br />
403 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME">6.8.6.</a>&nbsp;
404 Renaming an instrument directory<br />
405 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.7.</a>&nbsp;
406 Moving an instrument directory<br />
407 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION">6.8.8.</a>&nbsp;
408 Changing the description of directory<br />
409 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.9.</a>&nbsp;
410 Adding instruments to the instruments database<br />
411 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.10.</a>&nbsp;
412 Removing an instrument<br />
413 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.11.</a>&nbsp;
414 Getting amount of instruments<br />
415 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.12.</a>&nbsp;
416 Listing all instruments in specific directory<br />
417 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO">6.8.13.</a>&nbsp;
418 Getting instrument information<br />
419 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME">6.8.14.</a>&nbsp;
420 Renaming an instrument<br />
421 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.15.</a>&nbsp;
422 Moving an instrument<br />
423 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION">6.8.16.</a>&nbsp;
424 Changing the description of instrument<br />
425 <a href="#command_syntax">7.</a>&nbsp;
426 Command Syntax<br />
427 <a href="#events">8.</a>&nbsp;
428 Events<br />
429 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">8.1.</a>&nbsp;
430 Number of audio output devices changed<br />
431 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO">8.2.</a>&nbsp;
432 Audio output device's settings changed<br />
433 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">8.3.</a>&nbsp;
434 Number of MIDI input devices changed<br />
435 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO">8.4.</a>&nbsp;
436 MIDI input device's settings changed<br />
437 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT">8.5.</a>&nbsp;
438 Number of sampler channels changed<br />
439 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT">8.6.</a>&nbsp;
440 Number of active voices changed<br />
441 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT">8.7.</a>&nbsp;
442 Number of active disk streams changed<br />
443 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL">8.8.</a>&nbsp;
444 Disk stream buffer fill state changed<br />
445 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO">8.9.</a>&nbsp;
446 Channel information changed<br />
447 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT">8.10.</a>&nbsp;
448 Number of effect sends changed<br />
449 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO">8.11.</a>&nbsp;
450 Effect send information changed<br />
451 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">8.12.</a>&nbsp;
452 Total number of active voices changed<br />
453 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT">8.13.</a>&nbsp;
454 Number of MIDI instrument maps changed<br />
455 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO">8.14.</a>&nbsp;
456 MIDI instrument map information changed<br />
457 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">8.15.</a>&nbsp;
458 Number of MIDI instruments changed<br />
459 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO">8.16.</a>&nbsp;
460 MIDI instrument information changed<br />
461 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO">8.17.</a>&nbsp;
462 Global settings changed<br />
463 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT">8.18.</a>&nbsp;
464 Number of database instrument directories changed<br />
465 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO">8.19.</a>&nbsp;
466 Database instrument directory information changed<br />
467 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">8.20.</a>&nbsp;
468 Number of database instruments changed<br />
469 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO">8.21.</a>&nbsp;
470 Database instrument information changed<br />
471 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS">8.22.</a>&nbsp;
472 Miscellaneous and debugging events<br />
473 <a href="#anchor14">9.</a>&nbsp;
474 Security Considerations<br />
475 <a href="#anchor15">10.</a>&nbsp;
476 Acknowledgments<br />
477 <a href="#rfc.references1">11.</a>&nbsp;
478 References<br />
479 <a href="#rfc.authors">&#167;</a>&nbsp;
480 Author's Address<br />
481 <a href="#rfc.copyright">&#167;</a>&nbsp;
482 Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements<br />
483 </p>
484 <br clear="all" />
485
486 <a name="anchor1"></a><br /><hr />
487 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
488 <a name="rfc.section.1"></a><h3>1.&nbsp;
489 Requirements notation</h3>
490
491 <p>The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL",
492 "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY",
493 and "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as
494 described in <a class='info' href='#RFC2119'>[RFC2119]<span> (</span><span class='info'>Bradner, S., &ldquo;Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels,&rdquo; 1997.</span><span>)</span></a>.
495 </p>
496 <p>This protocol is always case-sensitive if not explicitly
497 claimed the opposite.
498 </p>
499 <p>In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client
500 (front-end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively. Lines in
501 examples must be interpreted as every line being CRLF
502 terminated (carriage return character followed by line feed
503 character as defined in the ASCII standard), thus the following
504 example:
505 </p>
506 <p>
507 </p>
508 <blockquote class="text">
509 <p>C: "some line"
510 </p>
511 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"another line"
512 </p>
513 </blockquote><p>
514
515 </p>
516 <p>must actually be interpreted as client sending the following
517 message:
518 </p>
519 <p>
520 </p>
521 <blockquote class="text">
522 <p>"some line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;another
523 line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;"
524 </p>
525 </blockquote><p>
526
527 </p>
528 <p>where &lt;CR&gt; symbolizes the carriage return character and
529 &lt;LF&gt; the line feed character as defined in the ASCII
530 standard.
531 </p>
532 <p>Due to technical reasons, messages can arbitrary be
533 fragmented, means the following example:
534 </p>
535 <p>
536 </p>
537 <blockquote class="text">
538 <p>S: "abcd"
539 </p>
540 </blockquote><p>
541
542 </p>
543 <p>could also happen to be sent in three messages like in the
544 following sequence scenario:
545 </p>
546 <p>
547 </p>
548 <ul class="text">
549 <li>server sending message "a"
550 </li>
551 <li>followed by a delay (pause) with
552 arbitrary duration
553 </li>
554 <li>followed by server sending message
555 "bcd&lt;CR&gt;"
556 </li>
557 <li>again followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary
558 duration
559 </li>
560 <li>followed by server sending the message
561 "&lt;LF&gt;"
562 </li>
563 </ul><p>
564
565 </p>
566 <p>where again &lt;CR&gt; and &lt;LF&gt; symbolize the carriage
567 return and line feed characters respectively.
568 </p>
569 <a name="LSCP versioning"></a><br /><hr />
570 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
571 <a name="rfc.section.2"></a><h3>2.&nbsp;
572 Versioning of this specification</h3>
573
574 <p>LSCP will certainly be extended and enhanced by-and-by. Each official
575 release of the LSCP specification will be tagged with a unique version
576 tuple. The version tuple consists at least of a major and minor version
577 number like:
578
579 </p>
580 <p>
581 </p>
582 <blockquote class="text">
583 <p>"1.2"
584 </p>
585 </blockquote><p>
586
587 </p>
588 <p>
589 In this example the major version number would be "1" and the minor
590 version number would be "2". Note that the version tuple might also
591 have more than two elements. The major version number defines a
592 group of backward compatible versions. That means a frontend is
593 compatible to the connected sampler if and only if the LSCP versions
594 to which each of the two parties complies to, match both of the
595 following rules:
596
597 </p>
598 <p>Compatibility:
599 </p>
600 <p>
601 </p>
602 <ol class="text">
603 <li>The frontend's LSCP major version and the sampler's LSCP
604 major version are exactly equal.
605 </li>
606 <li>The frontend's LSCP minor version is less or equal than
607 the sampler's LSCP minor version.
608 </li>
609 </ol><p>
610
611 </p>
612 <p>
613 Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true.
614 The frontend can use the
615 <a class='info' href='#GET SERVER INFO'>"GET SERVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>General sampler informations</span><span>)</span></a> command to
616 get the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
617
618 </p>
619 <a name="anchor2"></a><br /><hr />
620 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
621 <a name="rfc.section.3"></a><h3>3.&nbsp;
622 Introduction</h3>
623
624 <p>LinuxSampler is a so called software sampler application
625 capable to playback audio samples from a computer's Random
626 Access Memory (RAM) as well as directly streaming it from disk.
627 LinuxSampler is designed to be modular. It provides several so
628 called "sampler engines" where each engine is specialized for a
629 certain purpose. LinuxSampler has virtual channels which will be
630 referred in this document as "sampler channels". The channels
631 are in such way virtual as they can be connected to an
632 arbitrary MIDI input method and arbitrary MIDI channel (e.g.
633 sampler channel 17 could be connected to an ALSA sequencer
634 device 64:0 and listening to MIDI channel 1 there). Each sampler
635 channel will be associated with an instance of one of the available
636 sampler engines (e.g. GigEngine, DLSEngine). The audio output of
637 each sampler channel can be routed to an arbitrary audio output
638 method (ALSA / JACK) and an arbitrary audio output channel
639 there.
640 </p>
641 <a name="anchor3"></a><br /><hr />
642 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
643 <a name="rfc.section.4"></a><h3>4.&nbsp;
644 Focus of this protocol</h3>
645
646 <p>Main focus of this protocol is to provide a way to configure
647 a running LinuxSampler instance and to retrieve information
648 about it. The focus of this protocol is not to provide a way to
649 control synthesis parameters or even to trigger or release
650 notes. Or in other words; the focus are those functionalities
651 which are not covered by MIDI or which may at most be handled
652 via MIDI System Exclusive Messages.
653 </p>
654 <a name="anchor4"></a><br /><hr />
655 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
656 <a name="rfc.section.5"></a><h3>5.&nbsp;
657 Communication Overview</h3>
658
659 <p>There are two distinct methods of communication between a
660 running instance of LinuxSampler and one or more control
661 applications, so called "front-ends": a simple request/response
662 communication method used by the clients to give commands to the
663 server as well as to inquire about server's status and a
664 subscribe/notify communication method used by the client to
665 subscribe to and receive notifications of certain events as they
666 happen on the server. The latter needs more effort to be
667 implemented in the front-end application. The two communication
668 methods will be described next.
669 </p>
670 <a name="anchor5"></a><br /><hr />
671 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
672 <a name="rfc.section.5.1"></a><h3>5.1.&nbsp;
673 Request/response communication method</h3>
674
675 <p>This simple communication method is based on
676 <a class='info' href='#RFC793'>TCP<span> (</span><span class='info'>Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, &ldquo;TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL,&rdquo; 1981.</span><span>)</span></a> [RFC793]. The
677 front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
678 LinuxSampler instance on a certain host system. Then the
679 front-end application will send certain ASCII based commands
680 as defined in this document (every command line must be CRLF
681 terminated - see "Conventions used in this document" at the
682 beginning of this document) and the LinuxSampler application
683 will response after a certain process time with an
684 appropriate ASCII based answer, also as defined in this
685 document. So this TCP communication is simply based on query
686 and answer paradigm. That way LinuxSampler is only able to
687 answer on queries from front-ends, but not able to
688 automatically send messages to the client if it's not asked
689 to. The fronted should not reconnect to LinuxSampler for
690 every single command, instead it should keep the connection
691 established and simply resend message(s) for subsequent
692 commands. To keep information in the front-end up-to-date
693 the front-end has to periodically send new requests to get
694 the current information from the LinuxSampler instance. This
695 is often referred to as "polling". While polling is simple
696 to implement and may be OK to use in some cases, there may
697 be disadvantages to polling such as network traffic overhead
698 and information being out of date.
699 It is possible for a client or several clients to open more
700 than one connection to the server at the same time. It is
701 also possible to send more than one request to the server
702 at the same time but if those requests are sent over the
703 same connection server MUST execute them sequentially. Upon
704 executing a request server will produce a result set and
705 send it to the client. Each and every request made by the
706 client MUST result in a result set being sent back to the
707 client. No other data other than a result set may be sent by
708 a server to a client. No result set may be sent to a client
709 without the client sending request to the server first. On
710 any particular connection, result sets MUST be sent in their
711 entirety without being interrupted by other result sets. If
712 several requests got queued up at the server they MUST be
713 processed in the order they were received and result sets
714 MUST be sent back in the same order.
715 </p>
716 <a name="anchor6"></a><br /><hr />
717 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
718 <a name="rfc.section.5.1.1"></a><h3>5.1.1.&nbsp;
719 Result format</h3>
720
721 <p>Result set could be one of the following types:
722 </p>
723 <p>
724 </p>
725 <ol class="text">
726 <li>Normal
727 </li>
728 <li>Warning
729 </li>
730 <li>Error
731 </li>
732 </ol><p>
733
734 </p>
735 <p>Warning and Error result sets MUST be single line and
736 have the following format:
737 </p>
738 <p>
739 </p>
740 <ul class="text">
741 <li>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"
742 </li>
743 <li>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;"
744 </li>
745 </ul><p>
746
747 </p>
748 <p>Where &lt;warning-code&gt; and &lt;error-code&gt; are
749 numeric unique identifiers of the warning or error and
750 &lt;warning-message&gt; and &lt;error-message&gt; are
751 human readable descriptions of the warning or error
752 respectively.
753 </p>
754 <p>Examples:
755 </p>
756 <p>
757 </p>
758 <blockquote class="text">
759 <p>C: "LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/me/Boesendorfer24bit.gig" 0 0
760 </p>
761 <p>S: "WRN:32:This is a 24 bit patch which is not supported natively yet."
762 </p>
763 </blockquote><p>
764
765 </p>
766 <p>
767 </p>
768 <blockquote class="text">
769 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA EAR"
770 </p>
771 <p>S: "ERR:3456:Audio output driver 'ALSA' does not have a parameter 'EAR'."
772 </p>
773 </blockquote><p>
774
775 </p>
776 <p>
777 </p>
778 <blockquote class="text">
779 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 123456"
780 </p>
781 <p>S: "ERR:9:There is no audio output device with index 123456."
782 </p>
783 </blockquote><p>
784
785 </p>
786 <p>Normal result sets could be:
787 </p>
788 <p>
789 </p>
790 <ol class="text">
791 <li>Empty
792 </li>
793 <li>Single line
794 </li>
795 <li>Multi-line
796 </li>
797 </ol><p>
798
799 </p>
800 <p> Empty result set is issued when the server only
801 needed to acknowledge the fact that the request was
802 received and it was processed successfully and no
803 additional information is available. This result set has
804 the following format:
805 </p>
806 <p>
807 </p>
808 <blockquote class="text">
809 <p>"OK"
810 </p>
811 </blockquote><p>
812
813 </p>
814 <p>Example:
815 </p>
816 <p>
817 </p>
818 <blockquote class="text">
819 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 CHANNELS=4"
820 </p>
821 <p>S: "OK"
822 </p>
823 </blockquote><p>
824
825 </p>
826 <p>Single line result sets are command specific. One
827 example of a single line result set is an empty line.
828 Multi-line result sets are command specific and may
829 include one or more lines of information. They MUST
830 always end with the following line:
831 </p>
832 <p>
833 </p>
834 <blockquote class="text">
835 <p>"."
836 </p>
837 </blockquote><p>
838
839 </p>
840 <p>Example:
841 </p>
842 <p>
843 </p>
844 <blockquote class="text">
845 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
846 </p>
847 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
848 </p>
849 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"
850 </p>
851 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"
852 </p>
853 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
854 </p>
855 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"
856 </p>
857 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
858 </p>
859 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"
860 </p>
861 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
862 </p>
863 </blockquote><p>
864
865 </p>
866 <p>In addition to above mentioned formats, warnings and
867 empty result sets MAY be indexed. In this case, they
868 have the following formats respectively:
869 </p>
870 <p>
871 </p>
872 <ul class="text">
873 <li>"WRN[&lt;index&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"
874 </li>
875 <li>"OK[&lt;index&gt;]"
876 </li>
877 </ul><p>
878
879 </p>
880 <p>where &lt;index&gt; is command specific and is used
881 to indicate channel number that the result set was
882 related to or other integer value.
883 </p>
884 <p>Each line of the result set MUST end with
885 &lt;CRLF&gt;.
886 </p>
887 <p>Examples:
888 </p>
889 <p>
890 </p>
891 <blockquote class="text">
892 <p>C: "ADD CHANNEL"
893 </p>
894 <p>S: "OK[12]"
895 </p>
896 </blockquote><p>
897
898 </p>
899 <p>
900 </p>
901 <blockquote class="text">
902 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA SAMPLERATE=96000"
903 </p>
904 <p>S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."
905 </p>
906 </blockquote><p>
907
908 </p>
909 <a name="anchor7"></a><br /><hr />
910 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
911 <a name="rfc.section.5.2"></a><h3>5.2.&nbsp;
912 Subscribe/notify communication method</h3>
913
914 <p>This more sophisticated communication method is actually
915 only an extension of the simple request/response
916 communication method. The front-end still uses a TCP
917 connection and sends the same commands on the TCP
918 connection. Two extra commands are SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE
919 commands that allow a client to tell the server that it is
920 interested in receiving notifications about certain events
921 as they happen on the server. The SUBSCRIBE command has the
922 following syntax:
923 </p>
924 <p>
925 </p>
926 <blockquote class="text">
927 <p>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
928 </p>
929 </blockquote><p>
930
931 </p>
932 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective
933 event that client wants to subscribe to. Upon receiving such
934 request, server SHOULD respond with OK and start sending
935 EVENT notifications when a given even has occurred to the
936 front-end when an event has occurred. It MAY be possible
937 certain events may be sent before OK response during real
938 time nature of their generation. Event messages have the
939 following format:
940 </p>
941 <p>
942 </p>
943 <blockquote class="text">
944 <p>NOTIFY:&lt;event-id&gt;:&lt;custom-event-data&gt;
945 </p>
946 </blockquote><p>
947
948 </p>
949 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; uniquely identifies the event that
950 has occurred and &lt;custom-event-data&gt; is event
951 specific.
952 </p>
953 <p>Several rules must be followed by the server when
954 generating events:
955 </p>
956 <p>
957 </p>
958 <ol class="text">
959 <li>Events MUST NOT be sent to any client who has not
960 issued an appropriate SUBSCRIBE command.
961 </li>
962 <li>Events MUST only be sent using the same
963 connection that was used to subscribe to them.
964 </li>
965 <li>When response is being sent to the client, event
966 MUST be inserted in the stream before or after the
967 response, but NOT in the middle. Same is true about
968 the response. It should never be inserted in the
969 middle of the event message as well as any other
970 response.
971 </li>
972 </ol><p>
973
974 </p>
975 <p>If the client is not interested in a particular event
976 anymore it MAY issue UNSUBSCRIBE command using the following
977 syntax:
978 </p>
979 <p>
980 </p>
981 <blockquote class="text">
982 <p>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
983 </p>
984 </blockquote><p>
985
986 </p>
987 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replace by the respective
988 event that client is no longer interested in receiving. For
989 a list of supported events see <a class='info' href='#events'>Section&nbsp;8<span> (</span><span class='info'>Events</span><span>)</span></a>.
990 </p>
991 <p>Example: the fill states of disk stream buffers have
992 changed on sampler channel 4 and the LinuxSampler instance
993 will react by sending the following message to all clients
994 who subscribed to this event:
995 </p>
996 <p>
997 </p>
998 <blockquote class="text">
999 <p>NOTIFY:CHANNEL_BUFFER_FILL:4 [35]62%,[33]80%,[37]98%
1000 </p>
1001 </blockquote><p>
1002
1003 </p>
1004 <p>Which means there are currently three active streams on
1005 sampler channel 4, where the stream with ID "35" is filled
1006 by 62%, stream with ID 33 is filled by 80% and stream with
1007 ID 37 is filled by 98%.
1008 </p>
1009 <p>Clients may choose to open more than one connection to
1010 the server and use some connections to receive notifications
1011 while using other connections to issue commands to the
1012 back-end. This is entirely legal and up to the
1013 implementation. This does not change the protocol in any way
1014 and no special restrictions exist on the server to allow or
1015 disallow this or to track what connections belong to what
1016 front-ends. Server will listen on a single port, accept
1017 multiple connections and support protocol described in this
1018 specification in it's entirety on this single port on each
1019 connection that it accepted.
1020 </p>
1021 <p>Due to the fact that TCP is used for this communication,
1022 dead peers will be detected automatically by the OS TCP
1023 stack. While it may take a while to detect dead peers if no
1024 traffic is being sent from server to client (TCP keep-alive
1025 timer is set to 2 hours on many OSes) it will not be an
1026 issue here as when notifications are sent by the server,
1027 dead client will be detected quickly.
1028 </p>
1029 <p>When connection is closed for any reason server MUST
1030 forget all subscriptions that were made on this connection.
1031 If client reconnects it MUST resubscribe to all events that
1032 it wants to receive.
1033 </p>
1034 <a name="control_commands"></a><br /><hr />
1035 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1036 <a name="rfc.section.6"></a><h3>6.&nbsp;
1037 Description for control commands</h3>
1038
1039 <p>This chapter will describe the available control commands
1040 that can be sent on the TCP connection in detail. Some certain
1041 commands (e.g. <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>"GET CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
1042 or <a class='info' href='#GET ENGINE INFO'>"GET ENGINE INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an engine</span><span>)</span></a>) lead to
1043 multiple-line responses. In this case LinuxSampler signals the
1044 end of the response by a "." (single dot) line.
1045 </p>
1046 <a name="anchor8"></a><br /><hr />
1047 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1048 <a name="rfc.section.6.1"></a><h3>6.1.&nbsp;
1049 Ignored lines and comments</h3>
1050
1051 <p>White lines, that is lines which only contain space and
1052 tabulator characters, and lines that start with a "#"
1053 character are ignored, thus it's possible for example to
1054 group commands and to place comments in a LSCP script
1055 file.
1056 </p>
1057 <a name="anchor9"></a><br /><hr />
1058 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1059 <a name="rfc.section.6.2"></a><h3>6.2.&nbsp;
1060 Configuring audio drivers</h3>
1061
1062 <p>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.
1063 You can use multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to
1064 output the sound of one sampler channel using the ALSA audio
1065 output driver, and on another sampler channel you might want
1066 to use the JACK audio output driver. For particular audio
1067 output systems it's also possible to create several devices
1068 of the same audio output driver, e.g. two separate ALSA
1069 audio output devices for using two different sound cards at
1070 the same time. This chapter describes all commands to
1071 configure LinuxSampler's audio output devices and their
1072 parameters.
1073 </p>
1074 <p>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each
1075 driver individually, all possible parameters, their meanings
1076 and possible values have to be obtained at runtime. This
1077 makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage,
1078 that front-ends can be written independently of what drivers
1079 are currently implemented and what parameters these drivers
1080 are actually offering. This means front-ends can even handle
1081 drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without
1082 modifying the front-end at all.
1083 </p>
1084 <p>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular
1085 parameters of drivers are not meant as specification of the
1086 drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in LinuxSampler
1087 might have complete different parameter names and meanings
1088 than shown in these examples or might change in future, so
1089 these examples are only meant for showing how to retrieve
1090 what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1091 possible values, etc.
1092 </p>
1093 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
1094 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1095 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.1"></a><h3>6.2.1.&nbsp;
1096 Getting amount of available audio output drivers</h3>
1097
1098 <p>Use the following command to get the number of
1099 audio output drivers currently available for the
1100 LinuxSampler instance:
1101 </p>
1102 <p>
1103 </p>
1104 <blockquote class="text">
1105 <p>GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
1106 </p>
1107 </blockquote><p>
1108
1109 </p>
1110 <p>Possible Answers:
1111 </p>
1112 <p>
1113 </p>
1114 <blockquote class="text">
1115 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
1116 number of audio output drivers.
1117 </p>
1118 </blockquote><p>
1119
1120 </p>
1121 <p>Example:
1122 </p>
1123 <p>
1124 </p>
1125 <blockquote class="text">
1126 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
1127 </p>
1128 <p>S: "2"
1129 </p>
1130 </blockquote><p>
1131
1132 </p>
1133 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
1134 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1135 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.2"></a><h3>6.2.2.&nbsp;
1136 Getting all available audio output drivers</h3>
1137
1138 <p>Use the following command to list all audio output
1139 drivers currently available for the LinuxSampler
1140 instance:
1141 </p>
1142 <p>
1143 </p>
1144 <blockquote class="text">
1145 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
1146 </p>
1147 </blockquote><p>
1148
1149 </p>
1150 <p>Possible Answers:
1151 </p>
1152 <p>
1153 </p>
1154 <blockquote class="text">
1155 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma
1156 separated character strings, each symbolizing an
1157 audio output driver.
1158 </p>
1159 </blockquote><p>
1160
1161 </p>
1162 <p>Example:
1163 </p>
1164 <p>
1165 </p>
1166 <blockquote class="text">
1167 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
1168 </p>
1169 <p>S: "ALSA,JACK"
1170 </p>
1171 </blockquote><p>
1172
1173 </p>
1174 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1175 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1176 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.3"></a><h3>6.2.3.&nbsp;
1177 Getting information about a specific audio
1178 output driver</h3>
1179
1180 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information
1181 about a specific audio output driver:
1182 </p>
1183 <p>
1184 </p>
1185 <blockquote class="text">
1186 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO
1187 &lt;audio-output-driver&gt;
1188 </p>
1189 </blockquote><p>
1190
1191 </p>
1192 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; is the name of the
1193 audio output driver, returned by the
1194 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command.
1195 </p>
1196 <p>Possible Answers:
1197 </p>
1198 <p>
1199 </p>
1200 <blockquote class="text">
1201 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
1202 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list. Each answer line
1203 begins with the information category name
1204 followed by a colon and then a space character
1205 &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info character string
1206 to that info category. At the moment the
1207 following information categories are
1208 defined:
1209 </p>
1210 <p>
1211 </p>
1212 <blockquote class="text">
1213 <p>DESCRIPTION -
1214 </p>
1215 <blockquote class="text">
1216 <p> character string describing the
1217 audio output driver
1218 </p>
1219 </blockquote>
1220
1221
1222 <p>VERSION -
1223 </p>
1224 <blockquote class="text">
1225 <p>character string reflecting the
1226 driver's version
1227 </p>
1228 </blockquote>
1229
1230
1231 <p>PARAMETERS -
1232 </p>
1233 <blockquote class="text">
1234 <p>comma separated list of all
1235 parameters available for the given
1236 audio output driver, at least
1237 parameters 'channels', 'samplerate'
1238 and 'active' are offered by all audio
1239 output drivers
1240 </p>
1241 </blockquote>
1242
1243
1244 </blockquote>
1245
1246
1247 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be
1248 in particular order.
1249 </p>
1250 </blockquote><p>
1251
1252 </p>
1253 <p>Example:
1254 </p>
1255 <p>
1256 </p>
1257 <blockquote class="text">
1258 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
1259 </p>
1260 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound
1261 Architecture"
1262 </p>
1263 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"
1264 </p>
1265 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS:
1266 DRIVER,CHANNELS,SAMPLERATE,ACTIVE,FRAGMENTS,
1267 FRAGMENTSIZE,CARD"
1268 </p>
1269 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1270 </p>
1271 </blockquote><p>
1272
1273 </p>
1274 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1275 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1276 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.4"></a><h3>6.2.4.&nbsp;
1277 Getting information about specific audio
1278 output driver parameter</h3>
1279
1280 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information
1281 about a specific audio output driver parameter:
1282 </p>
1283 <p>
1284 </p>
1285 <blockquote class="text">
1286 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;audio&gt; &lt;prm&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]
1287 </p>
1288 </blockquote><p>
1289
1290 </p>
1291 <p>Where &lt;audio&gt; is the name of the audio output
1292 driver as returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command,
1293 &lt;prm&gt; a specific parameter name for which information should be
1294 obtained (as returned by the
1295 <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific audio output driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) and
1296 &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list of parameters on which the sought
1297 parameter &lt;prm&gt; depends on, &lt;deplist&gt; is a list of key-value
1298 pairs in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string values
1299 are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments given with &lt;deplist&gt;
1300 which are not dependency parameters of &lt;prm&gt; will be ignored, means
1301 the front-end application can simply put all parameters into &lt;deplist&gt;
1302 with the values already selected by the user.
1303 </p>
1304 <p>Possible Answers:
1305 </p>
1306 <p>
1307 </p>
1308 <blockquote class="text">
1309 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
1310 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1311 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1312 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and
1313 finally
1314 the info character string to that info category. There are
1315 information which is always returned, independently of the
1316 given driver parameter and there are optional information
1317 which is only shown dependently to given driver parameter. At
1318 the moment the following information categories are defined:
1319 </p>
1320 </blockquote><p>
1321
1322 </p>
1323 <p>
1324 </p>
1325 <blockquote class="text">
1326 <p>TYPE -
1327 </p>
1328 <blockquote class="text">
1329 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or
1330 "INT" for integer
1331 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1332 character string(s)
1333 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1334 </p>
1335 </blockquote>
1336
1337
1338 <p>DESCRIPTION -
1339 </p>
1340 <blockquote class="text">
1341 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1342 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1343 </p>
1344 </blockquote>
1345
1346
1347 <p>MANDATORY -
1348 </p>
1349 <blockquote class="text">
1350 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
1351 given when the device is to be created with the
1352 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1353 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1354 </p>
1355 </blockquote>
1356
1357
1358 <p>FIX -
1359 </p>
1360 <blockquote class="text">
1361 <p>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
1362 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
1363 the <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1364 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1365 </p>
1366 </blockquote>
1367
1368
1369 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
1370 </p>
1371 <blockquote class="text">
1372 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
1373 only one value or a list of values, where true means
1374 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
1375 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1376 </p>
1377 </blockquote>
1378
1379
1380 <p>DEPENDS -
1381 </p>
1382 <blockquote class="text">
1383 <p>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
1384 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
1385 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
1386 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
1387 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
1388 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
1389 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
1390 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
1391 chosen by the 'card' parameter
1392 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1393 </p>
1394 </blockquote>
1395
1396
1397 <p>DEFAULT -
1398 </p>
1399 <blockquote class="text">
1400 <p>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
1401 used when the device is created and not explicitly
1402 given with the <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a> command,
1403 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
1404 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
1405 apostrophes (')
1406 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1407 </p>
1408 </blockquote>
1409
1410
1411 <p>RANGE_MIN -
1412 </p>
1413 <blockquote class="text">
1414 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1415 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1416 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
1417 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
1418 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1419 </p>
1420 </blockquote>
1421
1422
1423 <p>RANGE_MAX -
1424 </p>
1425 <blockquote class="text">
1426 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1427 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1428 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
1429 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
1430 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1431 </p>
1432 </blockquote>
1433
1434
1435 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
1436 </p>
1437 <blockquote class="text">
1438 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
1439 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
1440 apostrophes
1441 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1442 </p>
1443 </blockquote>
1444
1445
1446 </blockquote><p>
1447
1448 </p>
1449 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1450 </p>
1451 <p>Examples:
1452 </p>
1453 <p>
1454 </p>
1455 <blockquote class="text">
1456 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA CARD"
1457 </p>
1458 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: sound card to be used"
1459 </p>
1460 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
1461 </p>
1462 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1463 </p>
1464 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: true"
1465 </p>
1466 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1467 </p>
1468 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: '0,0'"
1469 </p>
1470 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '0,0','1,0','2,0'"
1471 </p>
1472 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1473 </p>
1474 </blockquote><p>
1475
1476 </p>
1477 <p>
1478 </p>
1479 <blockquote class="text">
1480 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE"
1481 </p>
1482 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1483 </p>
1484 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"
1485 </p>
1486 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1487 </p>
1488 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
1489 </p>
1490 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1491 </p>
1492 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"
1493 </p>
1494 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"
1495 </p>
1496 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1497 </p>
1498 </blockquote><p>
1499
1500 </p>
1501 <p>
1502 </p>
1503 <blockquote class="text">
1504 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE CARD='0,0'"
1505 </p>
1506 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1507 </p>
1508 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"
1509 </p>
1510 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1511 </p>
1512 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
1513 </p>
1514 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1515 </p>
1516 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"
1517 </p>
1518 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"
1519 </p>
1520 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MIN: 22050"
1521 </p>
1522 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MAX: 96000"
1523 </p>
1524 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1525 </p>
1526 </blockquote><p>
1527
1528 </p>
1529 <a name="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
1530 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1531 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.5"></a><h3>6.2.5.&nbsp;
1532 Creating an audio output device</h3>
1533
1534 <p>Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the desired audio output system:
1535 </p>
1536 <p>
1537 </p>
1538 <blockquote class="text">
1539 <p>CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]
1540 </p>
1541 </blockquote><p>
1542
1543 </p>
1544 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired audio
1545 output system as returned by the
1546 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
1547 command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an optional list of driver
1548 specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
1549 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
1550 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
1551 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
1552 this chapter to get this information.
1553 </p>
1554 <p>Possible Answers:
1555 </p>
1556 <p>
1557 </p>
1558 <blockquote class="text">
1559 <p>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
1560 </p>
1561 <blockquote class="text">
1562 <p>in case the device was successfully created, where
1563 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device
1564 </p>
1565 </blockquote>
1566
1567
1568 <p>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1569 </p>
1570 <blockquote class="text">
1571 <p>in case the device was created successfully, where
1572 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but there
1573 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't
1574 support given hardware parameters and the driver is using
1575 fall-back values), providing an appropriate warning code and
1576 warning message
1577 </p>
1578 </blockquote>
1579
1580
1581 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1582 </p>
1583 <blockquote class="text">
1584 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
1585 </p>
1586 </blockquote>
1587
1588
1589 </blockquote><p>
1590
1591 </p>
1592 <p>Examples:
1593 </p>
1594 <p>
1595 </p>
1596 <blockquote class="text">
1597 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
1598 </p>
1599 <p>S: "OK[0]"
1600 </p>
1601 </blockquote><p>
1602
1603 </p>
1604 <p>
1605 </p>
1606 <blockquote class="text">
1607 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA CARD='2,0' SAMPLERATE=96000"
1608 </p>
1609 <p>S: "OK[1]"
1610 </p>
1611 </blockquote><p>
1612
1613 </p>
1614 <a name="DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
1615 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1616 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.6"></a><h3>6.2.6.&nbsp;
1617 Destroying an audio output device</h3>
1618
1619 <p>Use the following command to destroy a created output device:
1620 </p>
1621 <p>
1622 </p>
1623 <blockquote class="text">
1624 <p>DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;
1625 </p>
1626 </blockquote><p>
1627
1628 </p>
1629 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1630 audio output device as given by the
1631 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1632 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1633 command.
1634 </p>
1635 <p>Possible Answers:
1636 </p>
1637 <p>
1638 </p>
1639 <blockquote class="text">
1640 <p>"OK" -
1641 </p>
1642 <blockquote class="text">
1643 <p>in case the device was successfully destroyed
1644 </p>
1645 </blockquote>
1646
1647
1648 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1649 </p>
1650 <blockquote class="text">
1651 <p>in case the device was destroyed successfully, but there are
1652 noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. an audio over ethernet
1653 driver was unloaded but the other host might not be
1654 informed about this situation), providing an appropriate
1655 warning code and warning message
1656 </p>
1657 </blockquote>
1658
1659
1660 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1661 </p>
1662 <blockquote class="text">
1663 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1664 error message
1665 </p>
1666 </blockquote>
1667
1668
1669 </blockquote><p>
1670
1671 </p>
1672 <p>Example:
1673 </p>
1674 <p>
1675 </p>
1676 <blockquote class="text">
1677 <p>C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"
1678 </p>
1679 <p>S: "OK"
1680 </p>
1681 </blockquote><p>
1682
1683 </p>
1684 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
1685 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1686 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.7"></a><h3>6.2.7.&nbsp;
1687 Getting all created audio output device count</h3>
1688
1689 <p>Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:
1690 </p>
1691 <p>
1692 </p>
1693 <blockquote class="text">
1694 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1695 </p>
1696 </blockquote><p>
1697
1698 </p>
1699 <p>Possible Answers:
1700 </p>
1701 <p>
1702 </p>
1703 <blockquote class="text">
1704 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
1705 audio output devices.
1706 </p>
1707 </blockquote><p>
1708
1709 </p>
1710 <p>Example:
1711 </p>
1712 <p>
1713 </p>
1714 <blockquote class="text">
1715 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1716 </p>
1717 <p>S: "4"
1718 </p>
1719 </blockquote><p>
1720
1721 </p>
1722 <a name="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
1723 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1724 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.8"></a><h3>6.2.8.&nbsp;
1725 Getting all created audio output device list</h3>
1726
1727 <p>Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:
1728 </p>
1729 <p>
1730 </p>
1731 <blockquote class="text">
1732 <p>LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1733 </p>
1734 </blockquote><p>
1735
1736 </p>
1737 <p>Possible Answers:
1738 </p>
1739 <p>
1740 </p>
1741 <blockquote class="text">
1742 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
1743 the numerical IDs of all audio output devices.
1744 </p>
1745 </blockquote><p>
1746
1747 </p>
1748 <p>Example:
1749 </p>
1750 <p>
1751 </p>
1752 <blockquote class="text">
1753 <p>C: "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1754 </p>
1755 <p>S: "0,1,4,5"
1756 </p>
1757 </blockquote><p>
1758
1759 </p>
1760 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1761 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1762 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.9"></a><h3>6.2.9.&nbsp;
1763 Getting current settings of an audio output device</h3>
1764
1765 <p>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created audio output device:
1766 </p>
1767 <p>
1768 </p>
1769 <blockquote class="text">
1770 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;
1771 </p>
1772 </blockquote><p>
1773
1774 </p>
1775 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by numerical ID
1776 of the audio output device as e.g. returned by the
1777 <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
1778 </p>
1779 <p>Possible Answers:
1780 </p>
1781 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1782 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1783 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1784 the info character string to that info category. As some
1785 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
1786 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
1787 information categories are defined (independently of device):
1788 </p>
1789 <p>
1790 </p>
1791 <blockquote class="text">
1792 <p>DRIVER -
1793 </p>
1794 <blockquote class="text">
1795 <p>identifier of the used audio output driver, as also
1796 returned by the
1797 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
1798 command
1799 </p>
1800 </blockquote>
1801
1802
1803 <p>CHANNELS -
1804 </p>
1805 <blockquote class="text">
1806 <p>amount of audio output channels this device currently
1807 offers
1808 </p>
1809 </blockquote>
1810
1811
1812 <p>SAMPLERATE -
1813 </p>
1814 <blockquote class="text">
1815 <p>playback sample rate the device uses
1816 </p>
1817 </blockquote>
1818
1819
1820 <p>ACTIVE -
1821 </p>
1822 <blockquote class="text">
1823 <p>either true or false, if false then the audio device is
1824 inactive and doesn't output any sound, nor do the
1825 sampler channels connected to this audio device render
1826 any audio
1827 </p>
1828 </blockquote>
1829
1830
1831 </blockquote><p>
1832
1833 </p>
1834 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
1835 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
1836 returned by all audio output devices. Every audio output driver
1837 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
1838 <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO'>Section&nbsp;6.2.3<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific audio output driver</span><span>)</span></a>)
1839 which are also returned by this command.
1840 </p>
1841 <p>Example:
1842 </p>
1843 <p>
1844 </p>
1845 <blockquote class="text">
1846 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
1847 </p>
1848 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
1849 </p>
1850 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"
1851 </p>
1852 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"
1853 </p>
1854 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
1855 </p>
1856 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"
1857 </p>
1858 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
1859 </p>
1860 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"
1861 </p>
1862 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1863 </p>
1864 </blockquote><p>
1865
1866 </p>
1867 <a name="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
1868 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1869 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.10"></a><h3>6.2.10.&nbsp;
1870 Changing settings of audio output devices</h3>
1871
1872 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created audio output device:
1873 </p>
1874 <p>
1875 </p>
1876 <blockquote class="text">
1877 <p>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
1878 </p>
1879 </blockquote><p>
1880
1881 </p>
1882 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1883 audio output device as given by the
1884 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1885 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1886 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change
1887 and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
1888 </p>
1889 <p>Possible Answers:
1890 </p>
1891 <p>
1892 </p>
1893 <blockquote class="text">
1894 <p>"OK" -
1895 </p>
1896 <blockquote class="text">
1897 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
1898 </p>
1899 </blockquote>
1900
1901
1902 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1903 </p>
1904 <blockquote class="text">
1905 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1906 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
1907 warning code and warning message
1908 </p>
1909 </blockquote>
1910
1911
1912 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1913 </p>
1914 <blockquote class="text">
1915 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1916 error message
1917 </p>
1918 </blockquote>
1919
1920
1921 </blockquote><p>
1922
1923 </p>
1924 <p>Example:
1925 </p>
1926 <p>
1927 </p>
1928 <blockquote class="text">
1929 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"
1930 </p>
1931 <p>S: "OK"
1932 </p>
1933 </blockquote><p>
1934
1935 </p>
1936 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1937 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1938 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.11"></a><h3>6.2.11.&nbsp;
1939 Getting information about an audio channel</h3>
1940
1941 <p>Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:
1942 </p>
1943 <p>
1944 </p>
1945 <blockquote class="text">
1946 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;audio-chan&gt;
1947 </p>
1948 </blockquote><p>
1949
1950 </p>
1951 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
1952 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1953 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1954 command and &lt;audio-chan&gt; the audio channel number.
1955 </p>
1956 <p>Possible Answers:
1957 </p>
1958 <p>
1959 </p>
1960 <blockquote class="text">
1961 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1962 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1963 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1964 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
1965 the following information categories are defined:
1966 </p>
1967 <p>
1968 </p>
1969 <blockquote class="text">
1970 <p>NAME -
1971 </p>
1972 <blockquote class="text">
1973 <p>arbitrary character string naming the channel, which
1974 doesn't have to be unique (always returned by all audio channels)
1975 </p>
1976 </blockquote>
1977
1978
1979 <p>IS_MIX_CHANNEL -
1980 </p>
1981 <blockquote class="text">
1982 <p>either true or false, a mix-channel is not a real,
1983 independent audio channel, but a virtual channel which
1984 is mixed to another real channel, this mechanism is
1985 needed for sampler engines which need more audio
1986 channels than the used audio system might be able to offer
1987 (always returned by all audio channels)
1988 </p>
1989 </blockquote>
1990
1991
1992 <p>MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION -
1993 </p>
1994 <blockquote class="text">
1995 <p>numerical ID (positive integer including 0)
1996 which reflects the real audio channel (of the same audio
1997 output device) this mix channel refers to, means where
1998 the audio signal actually will be routed / added to
1999 (only returned in case the audio channel is mix channel)
2000 </p>
2001 </blockquote>
2002
2003
2004 </blockquote>
2005
2006
2007 </blockquote><p>
2008
2009 </p>
2010 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
2011 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
2012 generally returned for the described cases by all audio
2013 channels regardless of the audio driver. Every audio channel
2014 might have its own, additional driver and channel specific
2015 parameters.
2016 </p>
2017 <p>Examples:
2018 </p>
2019 <p>
2020 </p>
2021 <blockquote class="text">
2022 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"
2023 </p>
2024 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
2025 </p>
2026 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2027 </p>
2028 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2029 </p>
2030 </blockquote><p>
2031
2032 </p>
2033 <p>
2034 </p>
2035 <blockquote class="text">
2036 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 1"
2037 </p>
2038 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor right"
2039 </p>
2040 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2041 </p>
2042 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2043 </p>
2044 </blockquote><p>
2045
2046 </p>
2047 <p>
2048 </p>
2049 <blockquote class="text">
2050 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 2"
2051 </p>
2052 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
2053 </p>
2054 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: true"
2055 </p>
2056 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION: 1"
2057 </p>
2058 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2059 </p>
2060 </blockquote><p>
2061
2062 </p>
2063 <p>
2064 </p>
2065 <blockquote class="text">
2066 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 1 0"
2067 </p>
2068 <p>S: "NAME: 'ardour (left)'"
2069 </p>
2070 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2071 </p>
2072 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"JACK_BINDINGS: 'ardour:0'"
2073 </p>
2074 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2075 </p>
2076 </blockquote><p>
2077
2078 </p>
2079 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2080 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2081 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.12"></a><h3>6.2.12.&nbsp;
2082 Getting information about specific audio channel parameter</h3>
2083
2084 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific audio channel parameter:
2085 </p>
2086 <p>
2087 </p>
2088 <blockquote class="text">
2089 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chan&gt; &lt;param&gt;
2090 </p>
2091 </blockquote><p>
2092
2093 </p>
2094 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
2095 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
2096 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2097 command, &lt;chan&gt; the audio channel number
2098 and &lt;param&gt; a specific channel parameter name for which information should
2099 be obtained (as returned by the <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO'>"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an audio channel</span><span>)</span></a> command).
2100 </p>
2101 <p>Possible Answers:
2102 </p>
2103 <p>
2104 </p>
2105 <blockquote class="text">
2106 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2107 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2108 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2109 the info character string to that info category. There are
2110 information which is always returned, independently of the
2111 given channel parameter and there is optional information
2112 which is only shown dependently to the given audio channel. At
2113 the moment the following information categories are defined:
2114 </p>
2115 <p>
2116 </p>
2117 <blockquote class="text">
2118 <p>TYPE -
2119 </p>
2120 <blockquote class="text">
2121 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2122 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2123 character string(s)
2124 (always returned)
2125 </p>
2126 </blockquote>
2127
2128
2129 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2130 </p>
2131 <blockquote class="text">
2132 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always returned)
2133 </p>
2134 </blockquote>
2135
2136
2137 <p>FIX -
2138 </p>
2139 <blockquote class="text">
2140 <p>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
2141 read only, thus cannot be altered
2142 (always returned)
2143 </p>
2144 </blockquote>
2145
2146
2147 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
2148 </p>
2149 <blockquote class="text">
2150 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
2151 only one value or a list of values, where true means
2152 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
2153 (always returned)
2154 </p>
2155 </blockquote>
2156
2157
2158 <p>RANGE_MIN -
2159 </p>
2160 <blockquote class="text">
2161 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2162 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2163 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX',
2164 but may also appear without
2165 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2166 parameter)
2167 </p>
2168 </blockquote>
2169
2170
2171 <p>RANGE_MAX -
2172 </p>
2173 <blockquote class="text">
2174 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2175 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2176 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN',
2177 but may also appear without
2178 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2179 parameter)
2180 </p>
2181 </blockquote>
2182
2183
2184 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
2185 </p>
2186 <blockquote class="text">
2187 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
2188 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2189 apostrophes
2190 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2191 parameter)
2192 </p>
2193 </blockquote>
2194
2195
2196 </blockquote>
2197
2198
2199 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2200 </p>
2201 </blockquote><p>
2202
2203 </p>
2204 <p>Example:
2205 </p>
2206 <p>
2207 </p>
2208 <blockquote class="text">
2209 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO 1 0 JACK_BINDINGS"
2210 </p>
2211 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other JACK clients"
2212 </p>
2213 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
2214 </p>
2215 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
2216 </p>
2217 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"
2218 </p>
2219 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: 'PCM:0','PCM:1','ardour:0','ardour:1'"
2220 </p>
2221 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2222 </p>
2223 </blockquote><p>
2224
2225 </p>
2226 <a name="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
2227 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2228 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.13"></a><h3>6.2.13.&nbsp;
2229 Changing settings of audio output channels</h3>
2230
2231 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio output channel:
2232 </p>
2233 <p>
2234 </p>
2235 <blockquote class="text">
2236 <p>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chn&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
2237 </p>
2238 </blockquote><p>
2239
2240 </p>
2241 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
2242 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
2243 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2244 command, &lt;chn&gt; by the audio channel number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the
2245 parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
2246 </p>
2247 <p>Possible Answers:
2248 </p>
2249 <p>
2250 </p>
2251 <blockquote class="text">
2252 <p>"OK" -
2253 </p>
2254 <blockquote class="text">
2255 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
2256 </p>
2257 </blockquote>
2258
2259
2260 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2261 </p>
2262 <blockquote class="text">
2263 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2264 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2265 warning code and warning message
2266 </p>
2267 </blockquote>
2268
2269
2270 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2271 </p>
2272 <blockquote class="text">
2273 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2274 error message
2275 </p>
2276 </blockquote>
2277
2278
2279 </blockquote><p>
2280
2281 </p>
2282 <p>Example:
2283 </p>
2284 <p>
2285 </p>
2286 <blockquote class="text">
2287 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 JACK_BINDINGS='PCM:0'"
2288 </p>
2289 <p>S: "OK"
2290 </p>
2291 </blockquote><p>
2292
2293 </p>
2294 <p>
2295 </p>
2296 <blockquote class="text">
2297 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 NAME='monitor left'"
2298 </p>
2299 <p>S: "OK"
2300 </p>
2301 </blockquote><p>
2302
2303 </p>
2304 <a name="anchor10"></a><br /><hr />
2305 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2306 <a name="rfc.section.6.3"></a><h3>6.3.&nbsp;
2307 Configuring MIDI input drivers</h3>
2308
2309 <p>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
2310 multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet as
2311 MIDI input on one sampler channel and ALSA as MIDI input on another sampler
2312 channel. For particular MIDI input systems it's also possible to create
2313 several devices of the same MIDI input type. This chapter describes all
2314 commands to configure LinuxSampler's MIDI input devices and their parameters.
2315 </p>
2316 <p>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver individually,
2317 all possible parameters, their meanings and possible values have to be obtained
2318 at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage, that
2319 front-ends can be written independently of what drivers are currently implemented
2320 and what parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-ends can
2321 even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without modifying
2322 the front-end at all.
2323 </p>
2324 <p>Commands for configuring MIDI input devices are pretty much the same as the
2325 commands for configuring audio output drivers, already described in the last
2326 chapter.
2327 </p>
2328 <p>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of drivers are
2329 not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in
2330 LinuxSampler might have complete different parameter names and meanings than shown
2331 in these examples or might change in future, so these examples are only meant for
2332 showing how to retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
2333 possible values, etc.
2334 </p>
2335 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
2336 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2337 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.1"></a><h3>6.3.1.&nbsp;
2338 Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers</h3>
2339
2340 <p>Use the following command to get the number of
2341 MIDI input drivers currently available for the
2342 LinuxSampler instance:
2343 </p>
2344 <p>
2345 </p>
2346 <blockquote class="text">
2347 <p>GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
2348 </p>
2349 </blockquote><p>
2350
2351 </p>
2352 <p>Possible Answers:
2353 </p>
2354 <p>
2355 </p>
2356 <blockquote class="text">
2357 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
2358 number of available MIDI input drivers.
2359 </p>
2360 </blockquote><p>
2361
2362 </p>
2363 <p>Example:
2364 </p>
2365 <p>
2366 </p>
2367 <blockquote class="text">
2368 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2369 </p>
2370 <p>S: "2"
2371 </p>
2372 </blockquote><p>
2373
2374 </p>
2375 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
2376 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2377 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.2"></a><h3>6.3.2.&nbsp;
2378 Getting all available MIDI input drivers</h3>
2379
2380 <p>Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently available
2381 for the LinuxSampler instance:
2382 </p>
2383 <p>
2384 </p>
2385 <blockquote class="text">
2386 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
2387 </p>
2388 </blockquote><p>
2389
2390 </p>
2391 <p>Possible Answers:
2392 </p>
2393 <p>
2394 </p>
2395 <blockquote class="text">
2396 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
2397 strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.
2398 </p>
2399 </blockquote><p>
2400
2401 </p>
2402 <p>Example:
2403 </p>
2404 <p>
2405 </p>
2406 <blockquote class="text">
2407 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2408 </p>
2409 <p>S: "ALSA,JACK"
2410 </p>
2411 </blockquote><p>
2412
2413 </p>
2414 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2415 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2416 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.3"></a><h3>6.3.3.&nbsp;
2417 Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</h3>
2418
2419 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific MIDI input driver:
2420 </p>
2421 <p>
2422 </p>
2423 <blockquote class="text">
2424 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO &lt;midi-input-driver&gt;
2425 </p>
2426 </blockquote><p>
2427
2428 </p>
2429 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
2430 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command.
2431 </p>
2432 <p>Possible Answers:
2433 </p>
2434 <p>
2435 </p>
2436 <blockquote class="text">
2437 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2438 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2439 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2440 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
2441 the following information categories are defined:
2442 </p>
2443 <p>
2444 </p>
2445 <blockquote class="text">
2446 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2447 </p>
2448 <blockquote class="text">
2449 <p>arbitrary description text about the MIDI input driver
2450 </p>
2451 </blockquote>
2452
2453
2454 <p>VERSION -
2455 </p>
2456 <blockquote class="text">
2457 <p>arbitrary character string regarding the driver's version
2458 </p>
2459 </blockquote>
2460
2461
2462 <p>PARAMETERS -
2463 </p>
2464 <blockquote class="text">
2465 <p>comma separated list of all parameters available for the given MIDI input driver
2466 </p>
2467 </blockquote>
2468
2469
2470 </blockquote>
2471
2472
2473 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2474 </p>
2475 </blockquote><p>
2476
2477 </p>
2478 <p>Example:
2479 </p>
2480 <p>
2481 </p>
2482 <blockquote class="text">
2483 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
2484 </p>
2485 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
2486 </p>
2487 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"
2488 </p>
2489 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS: DRIVER,ACTIVE"
2490 </p>
2491 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2492 </p>
2493 </blockquote><p>
2494
2495 </p>
2496 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2497 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2498 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.4"></a><h3>6.3.4.&nbsp;
2499 Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter</h3>
2500
2501 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:
2502 </p>
2503 <p>
2504 </p>
2505 <blockquote class="text">
2506 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;midit&gt; &lt;param&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]
2507 </p>
2508 </blockquote><p>
2509
2510 </p>
2511 <p>Where &lt;midit&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
2512 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command, &lt;param&gt; a specific
2513 parameter name for which information should be obtained (as returned by the
2514 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) and &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list
2515 of parameters on which the sought parameter &lt;param&gt; depends on,
2516 &lt;deplist&gt; is a key-value pair list in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
2517 where character string values are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments
2518 given with &lt;deplist&gt; which are not dependency parameters of &lt;param&gt;
2519 will be ignored, means the front-end application can simply put all parameters
2520 in &lt;deplist&gt; with the values selected by the user.
2521 </p>
2522 <p>Possible Answers:
2523 </p>
2524 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF> separated list.
2525 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2526 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP> and finally
2527 the info character string to that info category. There is
2528 information which is always returned, independent of the
2529 given driver parameter and there is optional information
2530 which is only shown dependent to given driver parameter. At
2531 the moment the following information categories are defined:
2532 </p>
2533 <p>
2534 </p>
2535 <blockquote class="text">
2536 <p>TYPE -
2537 </p>
2538 <blockquote class="text">
2539 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2540 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2541 character string(s)
2542 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2543 </p>
2544 </blockquote>
2545
2546
2547 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2548 </p>
2549 <blockquote class="text">
2550 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
2551 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2552 </p>
2553 </blockquote>
2554
2555
2556 <p>MANDATORY -
2557 </p>
2558 <blockquote class="text">
2559 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
2560 given when the device is to be created with the
2561 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command
2562 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2563 </p>
2564 </blockquote>
2565
2566
2567 <p>FIX -
2568 </p>
2569 <blockquote class="text">
2570 <p>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
2571 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
2572 the <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command
2573 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2574 </p>
2575 </blockquote>
2576
2577
2578 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
2579 </p>
2580 <blockquote class="text">
2581 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
2582 only one value or a list of values, where true means
2583 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
2584 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2585 </p>
2586 </blockquote>
2587
2588
2589 <p>DEPENDS -
2590 </p>
2591 <blockquote class="text">
2592 <p>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
2593 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
2594 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
2595 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
2596 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
2597 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
2598 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
2599 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
2600 chosen by the 'card' parameter
2601 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2602 </p>
2603 </blockquote>
2604
2605
2606 <p>DEFAULT -
2607 </p>
2608 <blockquote class="text">
2609 <p>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
2610 used when the device is created and not explicitly
2611 given with the <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command,
2612 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
2613 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
2614 apostrophes (')
2615 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2616 </p>
2617 </blockquote>
2618
2619
2620 <p>RANGE_MIN -
2621 </p>
2622 <blockquote class="text">
2623 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2624 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2625 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
2626 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
2627 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2628 </p>
2629 </blockquote>
2630
2631
2632 <p>RANGE_MAX -
2633 </p>
2634 <blockquote class="text">
2635 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2636 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2637 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
2638 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
2639 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2640 </p>
2641 </blockquote>
2642
2643
2644 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
2645 </p>
2646 <blockquote class="text">
2647 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
2648 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2649 apostrophes
2650 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2651 </p>
2652 </blockquote>
2653
2654
2655 </blockquote><p>
2656
2657 </p>
2658 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2659 </p>
2660 <p>Example:
2661 </p>
2662 <p>
2663 </p>
2664 <blockquote class="text">
2665 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA ACTIVE"
2666 </p>
2667 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Whether device is enabled"
2668 </p>
2669 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: BOOL"
2670 </p>
2671 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
2672 </p>
2673 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
2674 </p>
2675 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
2676 </p>
2677 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"
2678 </p>
2679 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2680 </p>
2681 </blockquote><p>
2682
2683 </p>
2684 <a name="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
2685 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2686 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.5"></a><h3>6.3.5.&nbsp;
2687 Creating a MIDI input device</h3>
2688
2689 <p>Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the desired MIDI input system:
2690 </p>
2691 <p>
2692 </p>
2693 <blockquote class="text">
2694 <p>CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]
2695 </p>
2696 </blockquote><p>
2697
2698 </p>
2699 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired MIDI input system as returned
2700 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an
2701 optional list of driver specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
2702 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
2703 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
2704 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
2705 this chapter to get that information.
2706 </p>
2707 <p>Possible Answers:
2708 </p>
2709 <p>
2710 </p>
2711 <blockquote class="text">
2712 <p>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
2713 </p>
2714 <blockquote class="text">
2715 <p>in case the device was successfully created, where
2716 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device
2717 </p>
2718 </blockquote>
2719
2720
2721 <p>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2722 </p>
2723 <blockquote class="text">
2724 <p>in case the driver was loaded successfully, where
2725 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but
2726 there are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an
2727 appropriate warning code and warning message
2728 </p>
2729 </blockquote>
2730
2731
2732 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2733 </p>
2734 <blockquote class="text">
2735 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
2736 </p>
2737 </blockquote>
2738
2739
2740 </blockquote><p>
2741
2742 </p>
2743 <p>Example:
2744 </p>
2745 <p>
2746 </p>
2747 <blockquote class="text">
2748 <p>C: "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
2749 </p>
2750 <p>S: "OK[0]"
2751 </p>
2752 </blockquote><p>
2753
2754 </p>
2755 <a name="DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
2756 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2757 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.6"></a><h3>6.3.6.&nbsp;
2758 Destroying a MIDI input device</h3>
2759
2760 <p>Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:
2761 </p>
2762 <p>
2763 </p>
2764 <blockquote class="text">
2765 <p>DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;
2766 </p>
2767 </blockquote><p>
2768
2769 </p>
2770 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the device's numerical ID as returned by the
2771 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
2772 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2773 command.
2774 </p>
2775 <p>Possible Answers:
2776 </p>
2777 <p>
2778 </p>
2779 <blockquote class="text">
2780 <p>"OK" -
2781 </p>
2782 <blockquote class="text">
2783 <p>in case the device was successfully destroyed
2784 </p>
2785 </blockquote>
2786
2787
2788 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2789 </p>
2790 <blockquote class="text">
2791 <p>in case the device was destroyed, but there are noteworthy
2792 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2793 warning message
2794 </p>
2795 </blockquote>
2796
2797
2798 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2799 </p>
2800 <blockquote class="text">
2801 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
2802 </p>
2803 </blockquote>
2804
2805
2806 </blockquote><p>
2807
2808 </p>
2809 <p>Example:
2810 </p>
2811 <p>
2812 </p>
2813 <blockquote class="text">
2814 <p>C: "DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE 0"
2815 </p>
2816 <p>S: "OK"
2817 </p>
2818 </blockquote><p>
2819
2820 </p>
2821 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
2822 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2823 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.7"></a><h3>6.3.7.&nbsp;
2824 Getting all created MIDI input device count</h3>
2825
2826 <p>Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:
2827 </p>
2828 <p>
2829 </p>
2830 <blockquote class="text">
2831 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2832 </p>
2833 </blockquote><p>
2834
2835 </p>
2836 <p>Possible Answers:
2837 </p>
2838 <p>
2839 </p>
2840 <blockquote class="text">
2841 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
2842 MIDI input devices.
2843 </p>
2844 </blockquote><p>
2845
2846 </p>
2847 <p>Example:
2848 </p>
2849 <p>
2850 </p>
2851 <blockquote class="text">
2852 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2853 </p>
2854 <p>S: "3"
2855 </p>
2856 </blockquote><p>
2857
2858 </p>
2859 <a name="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
2860 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2861 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.8"></a><h3>6.3.8.&nbsp;
2862 Getting all created MIDI input device list</h3>
2863
2864 <p>Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:
2865 </p>
2866 <p>
2867 </p>
2868 <blockquote class="text">
2869 <p>LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2870 </p>
2871 </blockquote><p>
2872
2873 </p>
2874 <p>Possible Answers:
2875 </p>
2876 <p>
2877 </p>
2878 <blockquote class="text">
2879 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
2880 with the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.
2881 </p>
2882 </blockquote><p>
2883
2884 </p>
2885 <p>Examples:
2886 </p>
2887 <p>
2888 </p>
2889 <blockquote class="text">
2890 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2891 </p>
2892 <p>S: "0,1,2"
2893 </p>
2894 </blockquote><p>
2895
2896 </p>
2897 <p>
2898 </p>
2899 <blockquote class="text">
2900 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2901 </p>
2902 <p>S: "1,3"
2903 </p>
2904 </blockquote><p>
2905
2906 </p>
2907 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2908 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2909 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.9"></a><h3>6.3.9.&nbsp;
2910 Getting current settings of a MIDI input device</h3>
2911
2912 <p>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created MIDI input device:
2913 </p>
2914 <p>
2915 </p>
2916 <blockquote class="text">
2917 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;
2918 </p>
2919 </blockquote><p>
2920
2921 </p>
2922 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
2923 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
2924 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2925 command.
2926 </p>
2927 <p>Possible Answers:
2928 </p>
2929 <p>
2930 </p>
2931 <blockquote class="text">
2932 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2933 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2934 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2935 the info character string to that info category. As some
2936 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
2937 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
2938 information categories are defined (independent of driver):
2939 </p>
2940 <p>
2941 </p>
2942 <blockquote class="text">
2943 <p>DRIVER -
2944 </p>
2945 <blockquote class="text">
2946 <p>identifier of the used MIDI input driver, as e.g.
2947 returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
2948 command
2949 </p>
2950 </blockquote>
2951
2952
2953 </blockquote>
2954
2955 <blockquote class="text">
2956 <p>ACTIVE -
2957 </p>
2958 <blockquote class="text">
2959 <p>either true or false, if false then the MIDI device is
2960 inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events
2961 and thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler
2962 channels
2963 </p>
2964 </blockquote>
2965
2966
2967 </blockquote>
2968
2969
2970 </blockquote><p>
2971
2972 </p>
2973 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
2974 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
2975 returned by all MIDI input devices. Every MIDI input driver
2976 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
2977 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) which are also returned
2978 by this command.
2979 </p>
2980 <p>Example:
2981 </p>
2982 <p>
2983 </p>
2984 <blockquote class="text">
2985 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
2986 </p>
2987 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
2988 </p>
2989 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
2990 </p>
2991 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2992 </p>
2993 </blockquote><p>
2994
2995 </p>
2996 <a name="SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
2997 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2998 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.10"></a><h3>6.3.10.&nbsp;
2999 Changing settings of MIDI input devices</h3>
3000
3001 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created MIDI input device:
3002 </p>
3003 <p>
3004 </p>
3005 <blockquote class="text">
3006 <p>SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
3007 </p>
3008 </blockquote><p>
3009
3010 </p>
3011 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
3012 MIDI input device as returned by the
3013 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3014 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3015 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change and
3016 &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
3017 </p>
3018 <p>Possible Answers:
3019 </p>
3020 <p>
3021 </p>
3022 <blockquote class="text">
3023 <p>"OK" -
3024 </p>
3025 <blockquote class="text">
3026 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
3027 </p>
3028 </blockquote>
3029
3030
3031 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3032 </p>
3033 <blockquote class="text">
3034 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
3035 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3036 warning code and warning message
3037 </p>
3038 </blockquote>
3039
3040
3041 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3042 </p>
3043 <blockquote class="text">
3044 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3045 </p>
3046 </blockquote>
3047
3048
3049 </blockquote><p>
3050
3051 </p>
3052 <p>Example:
3053 </p>
3054 <p>
3055 </p>
3056 <blockquote class="text">
3057 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"
3058 </p>
3059 <p>S: "OK"
3060 </p>
3061 </blockquote><p>
3062
3063 </p>
3064 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3065 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3066 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.11"></a><h3>6.3.11.&nbsp;
3067 Getting information about a MIDI port</h3>
3068
3069 <p>Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:
3070 </p>
3071 <p>
3072 </p>
3073 <blockquote class="text">
3074 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;midi-port&gt;
3075 </p>
3076 </blockquote><p>
3077
3078 </p>
3079 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
3080 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3081 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3082 command and &lt;midi-port&gt; the MIDI input port number.
3083 </p>
3084 <p>Possible Answers:
3085 </p>
3086 <p>
3087 </p>
3088 <blockquote class="text">
3089 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3090 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3091 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3092 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
3093 the following information categories are defined:
3094 </p>
3095 <p>NAME -
3096 </p>
3097 <blockquote class="text">
3098 <p>arbitrary character string naming the port
3099 </p>
3100 </blockquote>
3101
3102
3103 </blockquote><p>
3104
3105 </p>
3106 <p>The field above is only the one which is returned by all MIDI
3107 ports regardless of the MIDI driver and port. Every MIDI port
3108 might have its own, additional driver and port specific
3109 parameters.
3110 </p>
3111 <p>Example:
3112 </p>
3113 <p>
3114 </p>
3115 <blockquote class="text">
3116 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO 0 0"
3117 </p>
3118 <p>S: "NAME: 'Masterkeyboard'"
3119 </p>
3120 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS: '64:0'"
3121 </p>
3122 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3123 </p>
3124 </blockquote><p>
3125
3126 </p>
3127 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3128 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3129 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.12"></a><h3>6.3.12.&nbsp;
3130 Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter</h3>
3131
3132 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific MIDI port parameter:
3133 </p>
3134 <p>
3135 </p>
3136 <blockquote class="text">
3137 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;param&gt;
3138 </p>
3139 </blockquote><p>
3140
3141 </p>
3142 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
3143 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3144 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3145 command, &lt;port&gt; the MIDI port number and
3146 &lt;param&gt; a specific port parameter name for which information should be
3147 obtained (as returned by the <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a MIDI port</span><span>)</span></a> command).
3148 </p>
3149 <p>Possible Answers:
3150 </p>
3151 <p>
3152 </p>
3153 <blockquote class="text">
3154 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3155 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3156 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3157 the info character string to that info category. There is
3158 information which is always returned, independently of the
3159 given channel parameter and there is optional information
3160 which are only shown dependently to the given MIDI port. At the
3161 moment the following information categories are defined:
3162 </p>
3163 <p>TYPE -
3164 </p>
3165 <blockquote class="text">
3166 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
3167 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
3168 character string(s)
3169 (always returned)
3170 </p>
3171 </blockquote>
3172
3173
3174 <p>DESCRIPTION -
3175 </p>
3176 <blockquote class="text">
3177 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
3178 (always returned)
3179 </p>
3180 </blockquote>
3181
3182
3183 <p>FIX -
3184 </p>
3185 <blockquote class="text">
3186 <p>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
3187 read only, thus cannot be altered
3188 (always returned)
3189 </p>
3190 </blockquote>
3191
3192
3193 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
3194 </p>
3195 <blockquote class="text">
3196 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
3197 only one value or a list of values, where true means
3198 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
3199 (always returned)
3200 </p>
3201 </blockquote>
3202
3203
3204 <p>RANGE_MIN -
3205 </p>
3206 <blockquote class="text">
3207 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
3208 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
3209 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
3210 with 'RANGE_MAX' but may also appear without
3211 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
3212 parameter)
3213 </p>
3214 </blockquote>
3215
3216
3217 <p>RANGE_MAX -
3218 </p>
3219 <blockquote class="text">
3220 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
3221 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
3222 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
3223 with 'RANGE_MIN' but may also appear without
3224 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
3225 parameter)
3226 </p>
3227 </blockquote>
3228
3229
3230 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
3231 </p>
3232 <blockquote class="text">
3233 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
3234 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
3235 apostrophes
3236 (optionally returned, dependent to device and port
3237 parameter)
3238 </p>
3239 </blockquote>
3240
3241
3242 </blockquote><p>
3243
3244 </p>
3245 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3246 </p>
3247 <p>Example:
3248 </p>
3249 <p>
3250 </p>
3251 <blockquote class="text">
3252 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS"
3253 </p>
3254 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other ALSA sequencer clients"
3255 </p>
3256 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
3257 </p>
3258 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
3259 </p>
3260 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"
3261 </p>
3262 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '64:0','68:0','68:1'"
3263 </p>
3264 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3265 </p>
3266 </blockquote><p>
3267
3268 </p>
3269 <a name="SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
3270 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3271 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.13"></a><h3>6.3.13.&nbsp;
3272 Changing settings of MIDI input ports</h3>
3273
3274 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input port:
3275 </p>
3276 <p>
3277 </p>
3278 <blockquote class="text">
3279 <p>SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
3280 </p>
3281 </blockquote><p>
3282
3283 </p>
3284 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
3285 MIDI device as returned by the
3286 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3287 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3288 command, &lt;port&gt; by the MIDI port number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of
3289 the parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this
3290 parameter.
3291 </p>
3292 <p>Possible Answers:
3293 </p>
3294 <p>
3295 </p>
3296 <blockquote class="text">
3297 <p>"OK" -
3298 </p>
3299 <blockquote class="text">
3300 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
3301 </p>
3302 </blockquote>
3303
3304
3305 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3306 </p>
3307 <blockquote class="text">
3308 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
3309 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3310 warning code and warning message
3311 </p>
3312 </blockquote>
3313
3314
3315 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3316 </p>
3317 <blockquote class="text">
3318 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3319 </p>
3320 </blockquote>
3321
3322
3323 </blockquote><p>
3324
3325 </p>
3326 <p>Example:
3327 </p>
3328 <p>
3329 </p>
3330 <blockquote class="text">
3331 <p>
3332 </p>
3333 </blockquote><p>
3334
3335 </p>
3336 <a name="anchor11"></a><br /><hr />
3337 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3338 <a name="rfc.section.6.4"></a><h3>6.4.&nbsp;
3339 Configuring sampler channels</h3>
3340
3341 <p>The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler channels, associate a
3342 sampler channel with a sampler engine, load instruments and connect sampler channels to
3343 MIDI and audio devices.
3344 </p>
3345 <a name="LOAD INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
3346 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3347 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.1"></a><h3>6.4.1.&nbsp;
3348 Loading an instrument</h3>
3349
3350 <p>An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by one of the following commands:
3351 </p>
3352 <p>
3353 </p>
3354 <blockquote class="text">
3355 <p>LOAD INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] '&lt;filename&gt;' &lt;instr-index&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3356 </p>
3357 </blockquote><p>
3358
3359 </p>
3360 <p>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument file on the
3361 LinuxSampler instance's host system, &lt;instr-index&gt; the index of the
3362 instrument in the instrument file and &lt;sampler-channel> is the
3363 number of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to.
3364 Each sampler channel can only have one instrument.
3365 </p>
3366 <p>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
3367 is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has been
3368 fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL version
3369 returns immediately and a background process is launched to load the instrument
3370 on the channel. The <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>GET CHANNEL INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
3371 command can be used to obtain loading
3372 progress from INSTRUMENT_STATUS field. LOAD command will perform sanity checks
3373 such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper format
3374 and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background process should any
3375 errors be detected at that point.
3376 </p>
3377 <p>Possible Answers:
3378 </p>
3379 <p>
3380 </p>
3381 <blockquote class="text">
3382 <p>"OK" -
3383 </p>
3384 <blockquote class="text">
3385 <p>in case the instrument was successfully loaded
3386 </p>
3387 </blockquote>
3388
3389
3390 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3391 </p>
3392 <blockquote class="text">
3393 <p>in case the instrument was loaded successfully, but there
3394 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. Engine doesn't support
3395 one or more patch parameters provided by the loaded
3396 instrument file), providing an appropriate warning code and
3397 warning message
3398 </p>
3399 </blockquote>
3400
3401
3402 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3403 </p>
3404 <blockquote class="text">
3405 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3406 </p>
3407 </blockquote>
3408
3409
3410 </blockquote><p>
3411
3412 </p>
3413 <p>Example:
3414 </p>
3415 <p>
3416 </p>
3417 <blockquote class="text">
3418 <p>
3419 </p>
3420 </blockquote><p>
3421
3422 </p>
3423 <a name="LOAD ENGINE"></a><br /><hr />
3424 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3425 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.2"></a><h3>6.4.2.&nbsp;
3426 Loading a sampler engine</h3>
3427
3428 <p>A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler
3429 channel by the following command:
3430 </p>
3431 <p>
3432 </p>
3433 <blockquote class="text">
3434 <p>LOAD ENGINE &lt;engine-name&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3435 </p>
3436 </blockquote><p>
3437
3438 </p>
3439 <p>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
3440 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a> command and &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3441 the sampler channel as returned by the
3442 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> or
3443 <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command where
3444 the engine type should be assigned to. This command should be issued
3445 after adding a new sampler channel and before any other control
3446 commands on the new sampler channel. It can also be used to change
3447 the engine type of a sampler channel. This command has (currently) no
3448 way to define or force if a new engine instance should be created and
3449 assigned to the given sampler channel or if an already existing
3450 instance of that engine type, shared with other sampler channels,
3451 should be used.
3452 </p>
3453 <p>Possible Answers:
3454 </p>
3455 <p>
3456 </p>
3457 <blockquote class="text">
3458 <p>"OK" -
3459 </p>
3460 <blockquote class="text">
3461 <p>in case the engine was successfully deployed
3462 </p>
3463 </blockquote>
3464
3465
3466 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3467 </p>
3468 <blockquote class="text">
3469 <p>in case the engine was deployed successfully, but there
3470 are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3471 warning code and warning message
3472 </p>
3473 </blockquote>
3474
3475
3476 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3477 </p>
3478 <blockquote class="text">
3479 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3480 error message
3481 </p>
3482 </blockquote>
3483
3484
3485 </blockquote><p>
3486
3487 </p>
3488 <p>Example:
3489 </p>
3490 <p>
3491 </p>
3492 <blockquote class="text">
3493 <p>
3494 </p>
3495 </blockquote><p>
3496
3497 </p>
3498 <a name="GET CHANNELS"></a><br /><hr />
3499 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3500 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.3"></a><h3>6.4.3.&nbsp;
3501 Getting all created sampler channel count</h3>
3502
3503 <p>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
3504 current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
3505 following command:
3506 </p>
3507 <p>
3508 </p>
3509 <blockquote class="text">
3510 <p>GET CHANNELS
3511 </p>
3512 </blockquote><p>
3513
3514 </p>
3515 <p>Possible Answers:
3516 </p>
3517 <p>
3518 </p>
3519 <blockquote class="text">
3520 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the current number of sampler channels.
3521 </p>
3522 </blockquote><p>
3523
3524 </p>
3525 <p>Example:
3526 </p>
3527 <p>
3528 </p>
3529 <blockquote class="text">
3530 <p>C: "GET CHANNELS"
3531 </p>
3532 <p>S: "12"
3533 </p>
3534 </blockquote><p>
3535
3536 </p>
3537 <a name="LIST CHANNELS"></a><br /><hr />
3538 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3539 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.4"></a><h3>6.4.4.&nbsp;
3540 Getting all created sampler channel list</h3>
3541
3542 <p>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
3543 current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
3544 following command:
3545 </p>
3546 <p>
3547 </p>
3548 <blockquote class="text">
3549 <p>LIST CHANNELS
3550 </p>
3551 </blockquote><p>
3552
3553 </p>
3554 <p>Possible Answers:
3555 </p>
3556 <p>
3557 </p>
3558 <blockquote class="text">
3559 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
3560 with all sampler channels numerical IDs.
3561 </p>
3562 </blockquote><p>
3563
3564 </p>
3565 <p>Example:
3566 </p>
3567 <p>
3568 </p>
3569 <blockquote class="text">
3570 <p>C: "LIST CHANNELS"
3571 </p>
3572 <p>S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"
3573 </p>
3574 </blockquote><p>
3575
3576 </p>
3577 <a name="ADD CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
3578 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3579 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.5"></a><h3>6.4.5.&nbsp;
3580 Adding a new sampler channel</h3>
3581
3582 <p>A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler
3583 channel list by sending the following command:
3584 </p>
3585 <p>
3586 </p>
3587 <blockquote class="text">
3588 <p>ADD CHANNEL
3589 </p>
3590 </blockquote><p>
3591
3592 </p>
3593 <p>This will increment the sampler channel count by one and the new
3594 sampler channel will be appended to the end of the sampler channel
3595 list. The front-end should send the respective, related commands
3596 right after to e.g. load an engine, load an instrument and setting
3597 input, output method and eventually other commands to initialize
3598 the new channel. The front-end should use the sampler channel
3599 returned by the answer of this command to perform the previously
3600 recommended commands, to avoid race conditions e.g. with other
3601 front-ends that might also have sent an "ADD CHANNEL" command.
3602 </p>
3603 <p>Possible Answers:
3604 </p>
3605 <p>
3606 </p>
3607 <blockquote class="text">
3608 <p>"OK[&lt;sampler-channel&gt;]" -
3609 </p>
3610 <blockquote class="text">
3611 <p>in case a new sampler channel could be added, where
3612 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; reflects the channel number of the new
3613 created sampler channel which should be used to set up
3614 the sampler channel by sending subsequent initialization
3615 commands
3616 </p>
3617 </blockquote>
3618
3619
3620 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3621 </p>
3622 <blockquote class="text">
3623 <p>in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
3624 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3625 warning code and warning message
3626 </p>
3627 </blockquote>
3628
3629
3630 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3631 </p>
3632 <blockquote class="text">
3633 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3634 error message
3635 </p>
3636 </blockquote>
3637
3638
3639 </blockquote><p>
3640
3641 </p>
3642 <p>Example:
3643 </p>
3644 <p>
3645 </p>
3646 <blockquote class="text">
3647 <p>
3648 </p>
3649 </blockquote><p>
3650
3651 </p>
3652 <a name="REMOVE CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
3653 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3654 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.6"></a><h3>6.4.6.&nbsp;
3655 Removing a sampler channel</h3>
3656
3657 <p>A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:
3658 </p>
3659 <p>
3660 </p>
3661 <blockquote class="text">
3662 <p>REMOVE CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3663 </p>
3664 </blockquote><p>
3665
3666 </p>
3667 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should be replaced by the
3668 number of the sampler channel as given by the
3669 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
3670 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a>
3671 command. The channel numbers of all subsequent sampler channels
3672 remain the same.
3673 </p>
3674 <p>Possible Answers:
3675 </p>
3676 <p>
3677 </p>
3678 <blockquote class="text">
3679 <p>"OK" -
3680 </p>
3681 <blockquote class="text">
3682 <p>in case the given sampler channel could be removed
3683 </p>
3684 </blockquote>
3685
3686
3687 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3688 </p>
3689 <blockquote class="text">
3690 <p>in case the given channel was removed, but there are
3691 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3692 warning code and warning message
3693 </p>
3694 </blockquote>
3695
3696
3697 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3698 </p>
3699 <blockquote class="text">
3700 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3701 error message
3702 </p>
3703 </blockquote>
3704
3705
3706 </blockquote><p>
3707
3708 </p>
3709 <p>Example:
3710 </p>
3711 <p>
3712 </p>
3713 <blockquote class="text">
3714 <p>
3715 </p>
3716 </blockquote><p>
3717
3718 </p>
3719 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"></a><br /><hr />
3720 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3721 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.7"></a><h3>6.4.7.&nbsp;
3722 Getting amount of available engines</h3>
3723
3724 <p>The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending the following command:
3725 </p>
3726 <p>
3727 </p>
3728 <blockquote class="text">
3729 <p>GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES
3730 </p>
3731 </blockquote><p>
3732
3733 </p>
3734 <p>Possible Answers:
3735 </p>
3736 <p>
3737 </p>
3738 <blockquote class="text">
3739 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available engines.
3740 </p>
3741 </blockquote><p>
3742
3743 </p>
3744 <p>Example:
3745 </p>
3746 <p>
3747 </p>
3748 <blockquote class="text">
3749 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
3750 </p>
3751 <p>S: "4"
3752 </p>
3753 </blockquote><p>
3754
3755 </p>
3756 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"></a><br /><hr />
3757 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3758 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.8"></a><h3>6.4.8.&nbsp;
3759 Getting all available engines</h3>
3760
3761 <p>The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending the following command:
3762 </p>
3763 <p>
3764 </p>
3765 <blockquote class="text">
3766 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES
3767 </p>
3768 </blockquote><p>
3769
3770 </p>
3771 <p>Possible Answers:
3772 </p>
3773 <p>
3774 </p>
3775 <blockquote class="text">
3776 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
3777 of the engines' names encapsulated into apostrophes (').
3778 Engine names can consist of lower and upper cases,
3779 digits and underlines ("_" character).
3780 </p>
3781 </blockquote><p>
3782
3783 </p>
3784 <p>Example:
3785 </p>
3786 <p>
3787 </p>
3788 <blockquote class="text">
3789 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
3790 </p>
3791 <p>S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"
3792 </p>
3793 </blockquote><p>
3794
3795 </p>
3796 <a name="GET ENGINE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3797 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3798 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.9"></a><h3>6.4.9.&nbsp;
3799 Getting information about an engine</h3>
3800
3801 <p>The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
3802 sending the following command:
3803 </p>
3804 <p>
3805 </p>
3806 <blockquote class="text">
3807 <p>GET ENGINE INFO &lt;engine-name&gt;
3808 </p>
3809 </blockquote><p>
3810
3811 </p>
3812 <p>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
3813 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a> command.
3814 </p>
3815 <p>Possible Answers:
3816 </p>
3817 <p>
3818 </p>
3819 <blockquote class="text">
3820 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3821 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3822 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3823 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
3824 the following categories are defined:
3825 </p>
3826 <p>
3827 </p>
3828 <blockquote class="text">
3829 <p>DESCRIPTION -
3830 </p>
3831 <blockquote class="text">
3832 <p>arbitrary description text about the engine
3833 </p>
3834 </blockquote>
3835
3836
3837 <p>VERSION -
3838 </p>
3839 <blockquote class="text">
3840 <p>arbitrary character string regarding the engine's version
3841 </p>
3842 </blockquote>
3843
3844
3845 </blockquote>
3846
3847
3848 </blockquote><p>
3849
3850 </p>
3851 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3852 </p>
3853 <p>Example:
3854 </p>
3855 <p>
3856 </p>
3857 <blockquote class="text">
3858 <p>C: "GET ENGINE INFO JoesCustomEngine"
3859 </p>
3860 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: this is Joe's custom sampler engine"
3861 </p>
3862 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: testing-1.0"
3863 </p>
3864 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3865 </p>
3866 </blockquote><p>
3867
3868 </p>
3869 <a name="GET CHANNEL INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3870 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3871 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.10"></a><h3>6.4.10.&nbsp;
3872 Getting sampler channel information</h3>
3873
3874 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
3875 by sending the following command:
3876 </p>
3877 <p>
3878 </p>
3879 <blockquote class="text">
3880 <p>GET CHANNEL INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3881 </p>
3882 </blockquote><p>
3883
3884 </p>
3885 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
3886 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
3887 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
3888 </p>
3889 <p>Possible Answers:
3890 </p>
3891 <p>
3892 </p>
3893 <blockquote class="text">
3894 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3895 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
3896 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3897 the info character string to that setting category. At the
3898 moment the following categories are defined:
3899 </p>
3900 <p>
3901 </p>
3902 <blockquote class="text">
3903 <p>ENGINE_NAME -
3904 </p>
3905 <blockquote class="text">
3906 <p>name of the engine that is associated with the sampler
3907 channel, "NONE" if there's no engine associated yet for
3908 this sampler channel
3909 </p>
3910 </blockquote>
3911
3912
3913 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE -
3914 </p>
3915 <blockquote class="text">
3916 <p>numerical ID of the audio output device which is
3917 currently connected to this sampler channel to output
3918 the audio signal, "NONE" if there's no device
3919 connected to this sampler channel
3920 </p>
3921 </blockquote>
3922
3923
3924 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
3925 </p>
3926 <blockquote class="text">
3927 <p>number of output channels the sampler channel offers
3928 (dependent to used sampler engine and loaded instrument)
3929 </p>
3930 </blockquote>
3931
3932
3933 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
3934 </p>
3935 <blockquote class="text">
3936 <p>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
3937 channel of the selected audio output device each
3938 sampler output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
3939 mean the engine's output channel 0 is routed to channel
3940 0 of the audio output device and the engine's output
3941 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
3942 output device
3943 </p>
3944 </blockquote>
3945
3946
3947 <p>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
3948 </p>
3949 <blockquote class="text">
3950 <p>the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if
3951 there's no instrument yet loaded for this sampler
3952 channel
3953 </p>
3954 </blockquote>
3955
3956
3957 <p>INSTRUMENT_NR -
3958 </p>
3959 <blockquote class="text">
3960 <p>the instrument index number of the loaded instrument
3961 </p>
3962 </blockquote>
3963
3964
3965 <p>INSTRUMENT_NAME -
3966 </p>
3967 <blockquote class="text">
3968 <p>the instrument name of the loaded instrument
3969 </p>
3970 </blockquote>
3971
3972
3973 <p>INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
3974 </p>
3975 <blockquote class="text">
3976 <p>integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress percentage for the instrument. Negative
3977 value indicates a loading exception. Value of 100 indicates that the instrument is fully
3978 loaded.
3979 </p>
3980 </blockquote>
3981
3982
3983 <p>MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
3984 </p>
3985 <blockquote class="text">
3986 <p>numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is
3987 currently connected to this sampler channel to deliver
3988 MIDI input commands, "NONE" if there's no device
3989 connected to this sampler channel
3990 </p>
3991 </blockquote>
3992
3993
3994 <p>MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
3995 </p>
3996 <blockquote class="text">
3997 <p>port number of the MIDI input device
3998 </p>
3999 </blockquote>
4000
4001
4002 <p>MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
4003 </p>
4004 <blockquote class="text">
4005 <p>the MIDI input channel number this sampler channel
4006 should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all MIDI channels
4007 </p>
4008 </blockquote>
4009
4010
4011 <p>VOLUME -
4012 </p>
4013 <blockquote class="text">
4014 <p>optionally dotted number for the channel volume factor
4015 (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value >
4016 1.0 means amplification)
4017 </p>
4018 </blockquote>
4019
4020
4021 <p>MUTE -
4022 </p>
4023 <blockquote class="text">
4024 <p>Determines whether the channel is muted, "true" if the
4025 channel is muted, "false" if the channel is not muted, and
4026 "MUTED_BY_SOLO" if the channel is muted because of the
4027 presence of a solo channel and will be unmuted when
4028 there are no solo channels left
4029 </p>
4030 </blockquote>
4031
4032
4033 <p>SOLO -
4034 </p>
4035 <blockquote class="text">
4036 <p>Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if
4037 the channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise
4038 </p>
4039 </blockquote>
4040
4041
4042 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
4043 </p>
4044 <blockquote class="text">
4045 <p>Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler
4046 channel is assigned to. Read chapter
4047 <a class='info' href='#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4048 for a list of possible values.
4049 </p>
4050 </blockquote>
4051
4052
4053 </blockquote>
4054
4055
4056 </blockquote><p>
4057
4058 </p>
4059 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4060 </p>
4061 <p>Example:
4062 </p>
4063 <p>
4064 </p>
4065 <blockquote class="text">
4066 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"
4067 </p>
4068 <p>S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
4069 </p>
4070 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
4071 </p>
4072 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"
4073 </p>
4074 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"
4075 </p>
4076 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 0,1"
4077 </p>
4078 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/joe/FazioliPiano.gig"
4079 </p>
4080 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
4081 </p>
4082 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Fazioli Piano"
4083 </p>
4084 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_STATUS: 100"
4085 </p>
4086 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE: 0"
4087 </p>
4088 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_PORT: 0"
4089 </p>
4090 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"
4091 </p>
4092 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
4093 </p>
4094 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MUTE: false"
4095 </p>
4096 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SOLO: false"
4097 </p>
4098 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"
4099 </p>
4100 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
4101 </p>
4102 </blockquote><p>
4103
4104 </p>
4105 <a name="GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
4106 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4107 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.11"></a><h3>6.4.11.&nbsp;
4108 Current number of active voices</h3>
4109
4110 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
4111 sampler channel by sending the following command:
4112 </p>
4113 <p>
4114 </p>
4115 <blockquote class="text">
4116 <p>GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4117 </p>
4118 </blockquote><p>
4119
4120 </p>
4121 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4122 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4123 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4124 </p>
4125 <p>Possible Answers:
4126 </p>
4127 <p>
4128 </p>
4129 <blockquote class="text">
4130 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
4131 voices on that channel.
4132 </p>
4133 </blockquote><p>
4134
4135 </p>
4136 <p>Example:
4137 </p>
4138 <p>
4139 </p>
4140 <blockquote class="text">
4141 <p>
4142 </p>
4143 </blockquote><p>
4144
4145 </p>
4146 <a name="GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
4147 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4148 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.12"></a><h3>6.4.12.&nbsp;
4149 Current number of active disk streams</h3>
4150
4151 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
4152 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
4153 </p>
4154 <p>
4155 </p>
4156 <blockquote class="text">
4157 <p>GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4158 </p>
4159 </blockquote><p>
4160
4161 </p>
4162 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4163 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4164 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4165 </p>
4166 <p>Possible Answers:
4167 </p>
4168 <p>
4169 </p>
4170 <blockquote class="text">
4171 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
4172 disk streams on that channel in case the engine supports disk
4173 streaming, if the engine doesn't support disk streaming it will
4174 return "NA" for not available.
4175 </p>
4176 </blockquote><p>
4177
4178 </p>
4179 <p>Example:
4180 </p>
4181 <p>
4182 </p>
4183 <blockquote class="text">
4184 <p>
4185 </p>
4186 </blockquote><p>
4187
4188 </p>
4189 <a name="GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL"></a><br /><hr />
4190 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4191 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.13"></a><h3>6.4.13.&nbsp;
4192 Current fill state of disk stream buffers</h3>
4193
4194 <p>The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
4195 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
4196 </p>
4197 <p>
4198 </p>
4199 <blockquote class="text">
4200 <p>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4201 </p>
4202 </blockquote><p>
4203
4204 </p>
4205 <p>to get the fill state in bytes or
4206 </p>
4207 <p>
4208 </p>
4209 <blockquote class="text">
4210 <p>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4211 </p>
4212 </blockquote><p>
4213
4214 </p>
4215 <p>to get the fill state in percent, where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the
4216 sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4217 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4218 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4219 </p>
4220 <p>Possible Answers:
4221 </p>
4222 <p>
4223 </p>
4224 <blockquote class="text">
4225 <p>LinuxSampler will either answer by returning a comma separated
4226 string with the fill state of all disk stream buffers on that
4227 channel or an empty line if there are no active disk streams or
4228 "NA" for *not available* in case the engine which is deployed
4229 doesn't support disk streaming. Each entry in the answer list
4230 will begin with the stream's ID in brackets followed by the
4231 numerical representation of the fill size (either in bytes or
4232 percentage). Note: due to efficiency reasons the fill states in
4233 the response are not in particular order, thus the front-end has
4234 to sort them by itself if necessary.
4235 </p>
4236 </blockquote><p>
4237
4238 </p>
4239 <p>Examples:
4240 </p>
4241 <p>
4242 </p>
4243 <blockquote class="text">
4244 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"
4245 </p>
4246 <p>S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"
4247 </p>
4248 </blockquote><p>
4249
4250 </p>
4251 <blockquote class="text">
4252 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
4253 </p>
4254 <p>S: "[115]90%,[116]98%,[75]40%,[120]62%"
4255 </p>
4256 </blockquote><p>
4257
4258 </p>
4259 <blockquote class="text">
4260 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
4261 </p>
4262 <p>S: ""
4263 </p>
4264 </blockquote><p>
4265
4266 </p>
4267 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
4268 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4269 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.14"></a><h3>6.4.14.&nbsp;
4270 Setting audio output device</h3>
4271
4272 <p>The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
4273 channel by sending the following command:
4274 </p>
4275 <p>
4276 </p>
4277 <blockquote class="text">
4278 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-device-id&gt;
4279 </p>
4280 </blockquote><p>
4281
4282 </p>
4283 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4284 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4285 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4286 &lt;audio-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
4287 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
4288 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
4289 command.
4290 </p>
4291 <p>Possible Answers:
4292 </p>
4293 <p>
4294 </p>
4295 <blockquote class="text">
4296 <p>"OK" -
4297 </p>
4298 <blockquote class="text">
4299 <p>on success
4300 </p>
4301 </blockquote>
4302
4303
4304 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4305 </p>
4306 <blockquote class="text">
4307 <p>if audio output device was set, but there are noteworthy
4308 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4309 warning message
4310 </p>
4311 </blockquote>
4312
4313
4314 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4315 </p>
4316 <blockquote class="text">
4317 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4318 </p>
4319 </blockquote>
4320
4321
4322 </blockquote><p>
4323
4324 </p>
4325 <p>Examples:
4326 </p>
4327 <p>
4328 </p>
4329 <blockquote class="text">
4330 <p>
4331 </p>
4332 </blockquote><p>
4333
4334 </p>
4335 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE"></a><br /><hr />
4336 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4337 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.15"></a><h3>6.4.15.&nbsp;
4338 Setting audio output type</h3>
4339
4340 <p>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
4341 </p>
4342 <p>The front-end can alter the audio output type on a specific sampler
4343 channel by sending the following command:
4344 </p>
4345 <p>
4346 </p>
4347 <blockquote class="text">
4348 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-output-type&gt;
4349 </p>
4350 </blockquote><p>
4351
4352 </p>
4353 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-type&gt; is currently either "ALSA" or "JACK" and
4354 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.
4355 </p>
4356 <p>Possible Answers:
4357 </p>
4358 <p>
4359 </p>
4360 <blockquote class="text">
4361 <p>"OK" -
4362 </p>
4363 <blockquote class="text">
4364 <p>on success
4365 </p>
4366 </blockquote>
4367
4368
4369 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4370 </p>
4371 <blockquote class="text">
4372 <p>if audio output type was set, but there are noteworthy
4373 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4374 warning message
4375 </p>
4376 </blockquote>
4377
4378
4379 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4380 </p>
4381 <blockquote class="text">
4382 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4383 </p>
4384 </blockquote>
4385
4386
4387 </blockquote><p>
4388
4389 </p>
4390 <p>Examples:
4391 </p>
4392 <p>
4393 </p>
4394 <blockquote class="text">
4395 <p>
4396 </p>
4397 </blockquote><p>
4398
4399 </p>
4400 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
4401 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4402 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.16"></a><h3>6.4.16.&nbsp;
4403 Setting audio output channel</h3>
4404
4405 <p>The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
4406 sampler channel by sending the following command:
4407 </p>
4408 <p>
4409 </p>
4410 <blockquote class="text">
4411 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;audio-out&gt; &lt;audio-in&gt;
4412 </p>
4413 </blockquote><p>
4414
4415 </p>
4416 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
4417 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4418 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, &lt;audio-out&gt; is the
4419 numerical ID of the sampler channel's audio output channel which should be
4420 rerouted and &lt;audio-in&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio
4421 output device where &lt;audio-out&gt; should be routed to.
4422 </p>
4423 <p>Possible Answers:
4424 </p>
4425 <p>
4426 </p>
4427 <blockquote class="text">
4428 <p>"OK" -
4429 </p>
4430 <blockquote class="text">
4431 <p>on success
4432 </p>
4433 </blockquote>
4434
4435
4436 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4437 </p>
4438 <blockquote class="text">
4439 <p>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4440 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4441 warning message
4442 </p>
4443 </blockquote>
4444
4445
4446 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4447 </p>
4448 <blockquote class="text">
4449 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4450 </p>
4451 </blockquote>
4452
4453
4454 </blockquote><p>
4455
4456 </p>
4457 <p>Examples:
4458 </p>
4459 <p>
4460 </p>
4461 <blockquote class="text">
4462 <p>
4463 </p>
4464 </blockquote><p>
4465
4466 </p>
4467 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
4468 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4469 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.17"></a><h3>6.4.17.&nbsp;
4470 Setting MIDI input device</h3>
4471
4472 <p>The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
4473 channel by sending the following command:
4474 </p>
4475 <p>
4476 </p>
4477 <blockquote class="text">
4478 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-device-id&gt;
4479 </p>
4480 </blockquote><p>
4481
4482 </p>
4483 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
4484 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4485 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command
4486 and &lt;midi-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
4487 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
4488 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4489 </p>
4490 <p>Possible Answers:
4491 </p>
4492 <p>
4493 </p>
4494 <blockquote class="text">
4495 <p>"OK" -
4496 </p>
4497 <blockquote class="text">
4498 <p>on success
4499 </p>
4500 </blockquote>
4501
4502
4503 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4504 </p>
4505 <blockquote class="text">
4506 <p>if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy
4507 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4508 warning message
4509 </p>
4510 </blockquote>
4511
4512
4513 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4514 </p>
4515 <blockquote class="text">
4516 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4517 </p>
4518 </blockquote>
4519
4520
4521 </blockquote><p>
4522
4523 </p>
4524 <p>Examples:
4525 </p>
4526 <p>
4527 </p>
4528 <blockquote class="text">
4529 <p>
4530 </p>
4531 </blockquote><p>
4532
4533 </p>
4534 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE"></a><br /><hr />
4535 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4536 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.18"></a><h3>6.4.18.&nbsp;
4537 Setting MIDI input type</h3>
4538
4539 <p>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
4540 </p>
4541 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI input type on a specific sampler
4542 channel by sending the following command:
4543 </p>
4544 <p>
4545 </p>
4546 <blockquote class="text">
4547 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-type&gt;
4548 </p>
4549 </blockquote><p>
4550
4551 </p>
4552 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-type&gt; is currently only "ALSA" and
4553 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.
4554 </p>
4555 <p>Possible Answers:
4556 </p>
4557 <p>
4558 </p>
4559 <blockquote class="text">
4560 <p>"OK" -
4561 </p>
4562 <blockquote class="text">
4563 <p>on success
4564 </p>
4565 </blockquote>
4566
4567
4568 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4569 </p>
4570 <blockquote class="text">
4571 <p>if MIDI input type was set, but there are noteworthy
4572 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4573 warning message
4574 </p>
4575 </blockquote>
4576
4577
4578 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4579 </p>
4580 <blockquote class="text">
4581 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4582 </p>
4583 </blockquote>
4584
4585
4586 </blockquote><p>
4587
4588 </p>
4589 <p>Examples:
4590 </p>
4591 <p>
4592 </p>
4593 <blockquote class="text">
4594 <p>
4595 </p>
4596 </blockquote><p>
4597
4598 </p>
4599 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT"></a><br /><hr />
4600 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4601 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.19"></a><h3>6.4.19.&nbsp;
4602 Setting MIDI input port</h3>
4603
4604 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
4605 channel by sending the following command:
4606 </p>
4607 <p>
4608 </p>
4609 <blockquote class="text">
4610 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-port&gt;
4611 </p>
4612 </blockquote><p>
4613
4614 </p>
4615 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-port&gt; is a MIDI input port number of the
4616 MIDI input device connected to the sampler channel given by
4617 &lt;sampler-channel&gt;.
4618 </p>
4619 <p>Possible Answers:
4620 </p>
4621 <p>
4622 </p>
4623 <blockquote class="text">
4624 <p>"OK" -
4625 </p>
4626 <blockquote class="text">
4627 <p>on success
4628 </p>
4629 </blockquote>
4630
4631
4632 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4633 </p>
4634 <blockquote class="text">
4635 <p>if MIDI input port was set, but there are noteworthy
4636 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4637 warning message
4638 </p>
4639 </blockquote>
4640
4641
4642 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4643 </p>
4644 <blockquote class="text">
4645 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4646 </p>
4647 </blockquote>
4648
4649
4650 </blockquote><p>
4651
4652 </p>
4653 <p>Examples:
4654 </p>
4655 <p>
4656 </p>
4657 <blockquote class="text">
4658 <p>
4659 </p>
4660 </blockquote><p>
4661
4662 </p>
4663 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
4664 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4665 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.20"></a><h3>6.4.20.&nbsp;
4666 Setting MIDI input channel</h3>
4667
4668 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
4669 listen to by sending the following command:
4670 </p>
4671 <p>
4672 </p>
4673 <blockquote class="text">
4674 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-chan&gt;
4675 </p>
4676 </blockquote><p>
4677
4678 </p>
4679 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-chan&gt; is the number of the new MIDI input channel where
4680 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all 16 MIDI
4681 channels.
4682 </p>
4683 <p>Possible Answers:
4684 </p>
4685 <p>
4686 </p>
4687 <blockquote class="text">
4688 <p>"OK" -
4689 </p>
4690 <blockquote class="text">
4691 <p>on success
4692 </p>
4693 </blockquote>
4694
4695
4696 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4697 </p>
4698 <blockquote class="text">
4699 <p>if MIDI input channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4700 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4701 warning message
4702 </p>
4703 </blockquote>
4704
4705
4706 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4707 </p>
4708 <blockquote class="text">
4709 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4710 </p>
4711 </blockquote>
4712
4713
4714 </blockquote><p>
4715
4716 </p>
4717 <p>Examples:
4718 </p>
4719 <p>
4720 </p>
4721 <blockquote class="text">
4722 <p>
4723 </p>
4724 </blockquote><p>
4725
4726 </p>
4727 <a name="SET CHANNEL VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
4728 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4729 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.21"></a><h3>6.4.21.&nbsp;
4730 Setting channel volume</h3>
4731
4732 <p>The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
4733 the following command:
4734 </p>
4735 <p>
4736 </p>
4737 <blockquote class="text">
4738 <p>SET CHANNEL VOLUME &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;volume&gt;
4739 </p>
4740 </blockquote><p>
4741
4742 </p>
4743 <p>Where &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
4744 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
4745 1.0 means amplification) and &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler
4746 channel where this volume factor should be set.
4747 </p>
4748 <p>Possible Answers:
4749 </p>
4750 <p>
4751 </p>
4752 <blockquote class="text">
4753 <p>"OK" -
4754 </p>
4755 <blockquote class="text">
4756 <p>on success
4757 </p>
4758 </blockquote>
4759
4760
4761 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4762 </p>
4763 <blockquote class="text">
4764 <p>if channel volume was set, but there are noteworthy
4765 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4766 warning message
4767 </p>
4768 </blockquote>
4769
4770
4771 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4772 </p>
4773 <blockquote class="text">
4774 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4775 </p>
4776 </blockquote>
4777
4778
4779 </blockquote><p>
4780
4781 </p>
4782 <p>Examples:
4783 </p>
4784 <p>
4785 </p>
4786 <blockquote class="text">
4787 <p>
4788 </p>
4789 </blockquote><p>
4790
4791 </p>
4792 <a name="SET CHANNEL MUTE"></a><br /><hr />
4793 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4794 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.22"></a><h3>6.4.22.&nbsp;
4795 Muting a sampler channel</h3>
4796
4797 <p>The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler
4798 channel by sending the following command:
4799 </p>
4800 <p>
4801 </p>
4802 <blockquote class="text">
4803 <p>SET CHANNEL MUTE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;mute&gt;
4804 </p>
4805 </blockquote><p>
4806
4807 </p>
4808 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4809 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4810 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4811 &lt;mute&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to mute the channel or "0"
4812 to unmute the channel.
4813 </p>
4814 <p>Possible Answers:
4815 </p>
4816 <p>
4817 </p>
4818 <blockquote class="text">
4819 <p>"OK" -
4820 </p>
4821 <blockquote class="text">
4822 <p>on success
4823 </p>
4824 </blockquote>
4825
4826
4827 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4828 </p>
4829 <blockquote class="text">
4830 <p>if the channel was muted/unmuted, but there are noteworthy
4831 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4832 warning message
4833 </p>
4834 </blockquote>
4835
4836
4837 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4838 </p>
4839 <blockquote class="text">
4840 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4841 </p>
4842 </blockquote>
4843
4844
4845 </blockquote><p>
4846
4847 </p>
4848 <p>Examples:
4849 </p>
4850 <p>
4851 </p>
4852 <blockquote class="text">
4853 <p>
4854 </p>
4855 </blockquote><p>
4856
4857 </p>
4858 <a name="SET CHANNEL SOLO"></a><br /><hr />
4859 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4860 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.23"></a><h3>6.4.23.&nbsp;
4861 Soloing a sampler channel</h3>
4862
4863 <p>The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel
4864 by sending the following command:
4865 </p>
4866 <p>
4867 </p>
4868 <blockquote class="text">
4869 <p>SET CHANNEL SOLO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;solo&gt;
4870 </p>
4871 </blockquote><p>
4872
4873 </p>
4874 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4875 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4876 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4877 &lt;solo&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to solo the channel or "0"
4878 to unsolo the channel.
4879 </p>
4880 <p>Possible Answers:
4881 </p>
4882 <p>
4883 </p>
4884 <blockquote class="text">
4885 <p>"OK" -
4886 </p>
4887 <blockquote class="text">
4888 <p>on success
4889 </p>
4890 </blockquote>
4891
4892
4893 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4894 </p>
4895 <blockquote class="text">
4896 <p>if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
4897 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4898 warning message
4899 </p>
4900 </blockquote>
4901
4902
4903 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4904 </p>
4905 <blockquote class="text">
4906 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4907 </p>
4908 </blockquote>
4909
4910
4911 </blockquote><p>
4912
4913 </p>
4914 <p>Examples:
4915 </p>
4916 <p>
4917 </p>
4918 <blockquote class="text">
4919 <p>
4920 </p>
4921 </blockquote><p>
4922
4923 </p>
4924 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
4925 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4926 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.24"></a><h3>6.4.24.&nbsp;
4927 Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</h3>
4928
4929 <p>The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler channel
4930 by sending the following command:
4931 </p>
4932 <p>
4933 </p>
4934 <blockquote class="text">
4935 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;map&gt;
4936 </p>
4937 </blockquote><p>
4938
4939 </p>
4940 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4941 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4942 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4943 &lt;map&gt; can have the following possibilites:
4944 </p>
4945 <p>
4946 </p>
4947 <blockquote class="text">
4948 <p>"NONE" -
4949 </p>
4950 <blockquote class="text">
4951 <p>This is the default setting. In this case
4952 the sampler channel is not assigned any MIDI
4953 instrument map and thus will ignore all MIDI
4954 program change messages.
4955 </p>
4956 </blockquote>
4957
4958
4959 <p>"DEFAULT" -
4960 </p>
4961 <blockquote class="text">
4962 <p>The sampler channel will always use the
4963 default MIDI instrument map to handle MIDI
4964 program change messages.
4965 </p>
4966 </blockquote>
4967
4968
4969 <p>numeric ID -
4970 </p>
4971 <blockquote class="text">
4972 <p>You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map
4973 by replacing &lt;map&gt; with the respective numeric
4974 ID of the MIDI instrument map as returned by the
4975 <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
4976 command. Once that map will be deleted, the sampler
4977 channel would fall back to "NONE".
4978 </p>
4979 </blockquote>
4980
4981
4982 </blockquote><p>
4983
4984 </p>
4985 <p>Read chapter <a class='info' href='#MIDI Instrument Mapping'>"MIDI Instrument Mapping"<span> (</span><span class='info'>MIDI Instrument Mapping</span><span>)</span></a>
4986 for details regarding MIDI instrument mapping.
4987 </p>
4988 <p>Possible Answers:
4989 </p>
4990 <p>
4991 </p>
4992 <blockquote class="text">
4993 <p>"OK" -
4994 </p>
4995 <blockquote class="text">
4996 <p>on success
4997 </p>
4998 </blockquote>
4999
5000
5001 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5002 </p>
5003 <blockquote class="text">
5004 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5005 </p>
5006 </blockquote>
5007
5008
5009 </blockquote><p>
5010
5011 </p>
5012 <p>Examples:
5013 </p>
5014 <p>
5015 </p>
5016 <blockquote class="text">
5017 <p>
5018 </p>
5019 </blockquote><p>
5020
5021 </p>
5022 <a name="CREATE FX_SEND"></a><br /><hr />
5023 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5024 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.25"></a><h3>6.4.25.&nbsp;
5025 Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</h3>
5026
5027 <p>The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific sampler channel
5028 by sending the following command:
5029 </p>
5030 <p>
5031 </p>
5032 <blockquote class="text">
5033 <p>CREATE FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; [&lt;name&gt;]
5034 </p>
5035 </blockquote><p>
5036
5037 </p>
5038 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5039 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5040 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, that is the
5041 sampler channel on which the effect send should be created on, &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
5042 is a number between 0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the
5043 effect send level and &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument defining a name
5044 for the effect send entity. The name does not have to be unique.
5045 </p>
5046 <p>By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio channels
5047 are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the sampler channel's
5048 audio output device, that way you can i.e. first increase the amount of audio
5049 channels on the audio output device for having dedicated effect send output
5050 channels and when "CREATE FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically
5051 be picked. You can alter the destination channels however with
5052 <a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL'>"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Altering effect send's audio routing</span><span>)</span></a>.
5053
5054 </p>
5055 <p>Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed, because having effect
5056 sends on a sampler channel will decrease runtime performance, because for implementing channel
5057 effect sends, separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render and mix
5058 the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the master outputs and effect send
5059 outputs (along with their respective effect send levels). A sampler channel without effect
5060 sends however can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio buffers
5061 and is thus faster.
5062
5063 </p>
5064 <p>Possible Answers:
5065 </p>
5066 <p>
5067 </p>
5068 <blockquote class="text">
5069 <p>"OK[&lt;fx-send-id&gt;]" -
5070 </p>
5071 <blockquote class="text">
5072 <p>in case a new effect send could be added to the
5073 sampler channel, where &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the
5074 unique ID of the newly created effect send entity
5075 </p>
5076 </blockquote>
5077
5078
5079 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5080 </p>
5081 <blockquote class="text">
5082 <p>when a new effect send could not be added, i.e.
5083 due to invalid parameters
5084 </p>
5085 </blockquote>
5086
5087
5088 </blockquote><p>
5089
5090 </p>
5091 <p>Examples:
5092 </p>
5093 <p>
5094 </p>
5095 <blockquote class="text">
5096 <p>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"
5097 </p>
5098 <p>S: "OK[0]"
5099 </p>
5100 </blockquote><p>
5101
5102 </p>
5103 <p>
5104 </p>
5105 <blockquote class="text">
5106 <p>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"
5107 </p>
5108 <p>S: "OK[1]"
5109 </p>
5110 </blockquote><p>
5111
5112 </p>
5113 <a name="DESTROY FX_SEND"></a><br /><hr />
5114 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5115 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.26"></a><h3>6.4.26.&nbsp;
5116 Removing an effect send from a sampler channel</h3>
5117
5118 <p>The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific sampler channel
5119 by sending the following command:
5120 </p>
5121 <p>
5122 </p>
5123 <blockquote class="text">
5124 <p>DESTROY FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;
5125 </p>
5126 </blockquote><p>
5127
5128 </p>
5129 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5130 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5131 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, that is the
5132 sampler channel from which the effect send should be removed from and
5133 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; is the respective effect send number as returned by the
5134 <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5135 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5136 </p>
5137 <p>Possible Answers:
5138 </p>
5139 <p>
5140 </p>
5141 <blockquote class="text">
5142 <p>"OK" -
5143 </p>
5144 <blockquote class="text">
5145 <p>on success
5146 </p>
5147 </blockquote>
5148
5149
5150 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5151 </p>
5152 <blockquote class="text">
5153 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5154 error message
5155 </p>
5156 </blockquote>
5157
5158
5159 </blockquote><p>
5160
5161 </p>
5162 <p>Example:
5163 </p>
5164 <p>
5165 </p>
5166 <blockquote class="text">
5167 <p>C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"
5168 </p>
5169 <p>S: "OK"
5170 </p>
5171 </blockquote><p>
5172
5173 </p>
5174 <a name="GET FX_SENDS"></a><br /><hr />
5175 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5176 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.27"></a><h3>6.4.27.&nbsp;
5177 Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel</h3>
5178
5179 <p>The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
5180 by sending the following command:
5181 </p>
5182 <p>
5183 </p>
5184 <blockquote class="text">
5185 <p>GET FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5186 </p>
5187 </blockquote><p>
5188
5189 </p>
5190 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5191 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5192 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5193 </p>
5194 <p>Possible Answers:
5195 </p>
5196 <p>
5197 </p>
5198 <blockquote class="text">
5199 <p>The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect
5200 sends on the given sampler channel.
5201 </p>
5202 </blockquote><p>
5203
5204 </p>
5205 <p>Example:
5206 </p>
5207 <p>
5208 </p>
5209 <blockquote class="text">
5210 <p>C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"
5211 </p>
5212 <p>S: "2"
5213 </p>
5214 </blockquote><p>
5215
5216 </p>
5217 <a name="LIST FX_SENDS"></a><br /><hr />
5218 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5219 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.28"></a><h3>6.4.28.&nbsp;
5220 Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</h3>
5221
5222 <p>The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
5223 by sending the following command:
5224 </p>
5225 <p>
5226 </p>
5227 <blockquote class="text">
5228 <p>LIST FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5229 </p>
5230 </blockquote><p>
5231
5232 </p>
5233 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5234 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5235 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5236 </p>
5237 <p>Possible Answers:
5238 </p>
5239 <p>
5240 </p>
5241 <blockquote class="text">
5242 <p>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
5243 with all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler
5244 channel.
5245 </p>
5246 </blockquote><p>
5247
5248 </p>
5249 <p>Examples:
5250 </p>
5251 <p>
5252 </p>
5253 <blockquote class="text">
5254 <p>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"
5255 </p>
5256 <p>S: "0,1"
5257 </p>
5258 </blockquote><p>
5259
5260 </p>
5261 <p>
5262 </p>
5263 <blockquote class="text">
5264 <p>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"
5265 </p>
5266 <p>S: ""
5267 </p>
5268 </blockquote><p>
5269
5270 </p>
5271 <a name="GET FX_SEND INFO"></a><br /><hr />
5272 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5273 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.29"></a><h3>6.4.29.&nbsp;
5274 Getting effect send information</h3>
5275
5276 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send entity
5277 by sending the following command:
5278 </p>
5279 <p>
5280 </p>
5281 <blockquote class="text">
5282 <p>GET FX_SEND INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;
5283 </p>
5284 </blockquote><p>
5285
5286 </p>
5287 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
5288 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5289 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5290 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5291 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5292 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5293
5294 </p>
5295 <p>Possible Answers:
5296 </p>
5297 <p>
5298 </p>
5299 <blockquote class="text">
5300 <p>The sampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
5301 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
5302 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
5303 the info character string to that setting category. At the
5304 moment the following categories are defined:
5305 </p>
5306 <p>
5307 </p>
5308 <blockquote class="text">
5309 <p>NAME -
5310 </p>
5311 <blockquote class="text">
5312 <p>name of the effect send entity
5313 </p>
5314 </blockquote>
5315
5316
5317 <p>MIDI_CONTROLLER -
5318 </p>
5319 <blockquote class="text">
5320 <p>a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
5321 which is able to modify the effect send's send level
5322 </p>
5323 </blockquote>
5324
5325
5326 <p>LEVEL -
5327 </p>
5328 <blockquote class="text">
5329 <p>optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
5330 current send level (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
5331 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
5332 </p>
5333 </blockquote>
5334
5335
5336 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
5337 </p>
5338 <blockquote class="text">
5339 <p>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
5340 channel of the selected audio output device each
5341 effect send output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
5342 mean the effect send's output channel 0 is routed to channel
5343 0 of the audio output device and the effect send's output
5344 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
5345 output device (see
5346 <a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL'>"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Altering effect send's audio routing</span><span>)</span></a>
5347 for details)
5348 </p>
5349 </blockquote>
5350
5351
5352 </blockquote>
5353
5354
5355 </blockquote><p>
5356
5357 </p>
5358 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5359 </p>
5360 <p>Example:
5361 </p>
5362 <p>
5363 </p>
5364 <blockquote class="text">
5365 <p>C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"
5366 </p>
5367 <p>S: "NAME: Reverb Send"
5368 </p>
5369 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"
5370 </p>
5371 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LEVEL: 0.3"
5372 </p>
5373 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"
5374 </p>
5375 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
5376 </p>
5377 </blockquote><p>
5378
5379 </p>
5380 <a name="SET FX_SEND NAME"></a><br /><hr />
5381 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5382 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.30"></a><h3>6.4.30.&nbsp;
5383 Changing effect send's name</h3>
5384
5385 <p>The front-end can alter the current name of an effect
5386 send entity by sending the following command:
5387 </p>
5388 <p>
5389 </p>
5390 <blockquote class="text">
5391 <p>SET FX_SEND NAME &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;name&gt;
5392 </p>
5393 </blockquote><p>
5394
5395 </p>
5396 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5397 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5398 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5399 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5400 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5401 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5402 &lt;name&gt; is the new name of the effect send entity, which
5403 does not have to be unique.
5404 </p>
5405 <p>Possible Answers:
5406 </p>
5407 <p>
5408 </p>
5409 <blockquote class="text">
5410 <p>"OK" -
5411 </p>
5412 <blockquote class="text">
5413 <p>on success
5414 </p>
5415 </blockquote>
5416
5417
5418 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5419 </p>
5420 <blockquote class="text">
5421 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5422 </p>
5423 </blockquote>
5424
5425
5426 </blockquote><p>
5427
5428 </p>
5429 <p>Example:
5430 </p>
5431 <p>
5432 </p>
5433 <blockquote class="text">
5434 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"
5435 </p>
5436 <p>S: "OK"
5437 </p>
5438 </blockquote><p>
5439
5440 </p>
5441 <a name="SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
5442 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5443 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.31"></a><h3>6.4.31.&nbsp;
5444 Altering effect send's audio routing</h3>
5445
5446 <p>The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio channel on a specific
5447 sampler channel by sending the following command:
5448 </p>
5449 <p>
5450 </p>
5451 <blockquote class="text">
5452 <p>SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;audio-src&gt; &lt;audio-dst&gt;
5453 </p>
5454 </blockquote><p>
5455
5456 </p>
5457 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5458 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5459 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5460 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5461 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5462 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5463 &lt;audio-src&gt; is the numerical ID of the effect send's audio channel
5464 which should be rerouted and &lt;audio-dst&gt; is the numerical ID of
5465 the audio channel of the selected audio output device where &lt;audio-src&gt;
5466 should be routed to.
5467 </p>
5468 <p>Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
5469 device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel. Also note that an
5470 effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio channels as its
5471 sampler channel. So if the sampler channel is stereo, the effect send does
5472 have two audio channels as well. Also keep in mind that the amount of audio
5473 channels on a sampler channel might be dependant not only to the deployed
5474 sampler engine on the sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument
5475 currently loaded. However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
5476 send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing appropriately.
5477 </p>
5478 <p>Possible Answers:
5479 </p>
5480 <p>
5481 </p>
5482 <blockquote class="text">
5483 <p>"OK" -
5484 </p>
5485 <blockquote class="text">
5486 <p>on success
5487 </p>
5488 </blockquote>
5489
5490
5491 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5492 </p>
5493 <blockquote class="text">
5494 <p>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
5495 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5496 warning message
5497 </p>
5498 </blockquote>
5499
5500
5501 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5502 </p>
5503 <blockquote class="text">
5504 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5505 </p>
5506 </blockquote>
5507
5508
5509 </blockquote><p>
5510
5511 </p>
5512 <p>Example:
5513 </p>
5514 <p>
5515 </p>
5516 <blockquote class="text">
5517 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"
5518 </p>
5519 <p>S: "OK"
5520 </p>
5521 </blockquote><p>
5522
5523 </p>
5524 <a name="SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER"></a><br /><hr />
5525 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5526 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.32"></a><h3>6.4.32.&nbsp;
5527 Altering effect send's MIDI controller</h3>
5528
5529 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect
5530 send entity by sending the following command:
5531 </p>
5532 <p>
5533 </p>
5534 <blockquote class="text">
5535 <p>SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
5536 </p>
5537 </blockquote><p>
5538
5539 </p>
5540 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5541 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5542 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5543 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5544 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5545 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5546 &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; reflects the MIDI controller which shall be
5547 able to modify the effect send's send level.
5548 </p>
5549 <p>Possible Answers:
5550 </p>
5551 <p>
5552 </p>
5553 <blockquote class="text">
5554 <p>"OK" -
5555 </p>
5556 <blockquote class="text">
5557 <p>on success
5558 </p>
5559 </blockquote>
5560
5561
5562 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5563 </p>
5564 <blockquote class="text">
5565 <p>if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy
5566 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5567 warning message
5568 </p>
5569 </blockquote>
5570
5571
5572 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5573 </p>
5574 <blockquote class="text">
5575 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5576 </p>
5577 </blockquote>
5578
5579
5580 </blockquote><p>
5581
5582 </p>
5583 <p>Example:
5584 </p>
5585 <p>
5586 </p>
5587 <blockquote class="text">
5588 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"
5589 </p>
5590 <p>S: "OK"
5591 </p>
5592 </blockquote><p>
5593
5594 </p>
5595 <a name="SET FX_SEND LEVEL"></a><br /><hr />
5596 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5597 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.33"></a><h3>6.4.33.&nbsp;
5598 Altering effect send's send level</h3>
5599
5600 <p>The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect
5601 send entity by sending the following command:
5602 </p>
5603 <p>
5604 </p>
5605 <blockquote class="text">
5606 <p>SET FX_SEND LEVEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;volume&gt;
5607 </p>
5608 </blockquote><p>
5609
5610 </p>
5611 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5612 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5613 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5614 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5615 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5616 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5617 &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
5618 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
5619 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the new send level.
5620 </p>
5621 <p>Possible Answers:
5622 </p>
5623 <p>
5624 </p>
5625 <blockquote class="text">
5626 <p>"OK" -
5627 </p>
5628 <blockquote class="text">
5629 <p>on success
5630 </p>
5631 </blockquote>
5632
5633
5634 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5635 </p>
5636 <blockquote class="text">
5637 <p>if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy
5638 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5639 warning message
5640 </p>
5641 </blockquote>
5642
5643
5644 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5645 </p>
5646 <blockquote class="text">
5647 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5648 </p>
5649 </blockquote>
5650
5651
5652 </blockquote><p>
5653
5654 </p>
5655 <p>Example:
5656 </p>
5657 <p>
5658 </p>
5659 <blockquote class="text">
5660 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"
5661 </p>
5662 <p>S: "OK"
5663 </p>
5664 </blockquote><p>
5665
5666 </p>
5667 <a name="RESET CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
5668 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5669 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.34"></a><h3>6.4.34.&nbsp;
5670 Resetting a sampler channel</h3>
5671
5672 <p>The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the following command:
5673 </p>
5674 <p>
5675 </p>
5676 <blockquote class="text">
5677 <p>RESET CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5678 </p>
5679 </blockquote><p>
5680
5681 </p>
5682 <p>
5683 Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler channel to be reset.
5684 This will cause the engine on that sampler channel, its voices and
5685 eventually disk streams and all control and status variables to be
5686 reset.
5687 </p>
5688 <p>Possible Answers:
5689 </p>
5690 <p>
5691 </p>
5692 <blockquote class="text">
5693 <p>"OK" -
5694 </p>
5695 <blockquote class="text">
5696 <p>on success
5697 </p>
5698 </blockquote>
5699
5700
5701 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5702 </p>
5703 <blockquote class="text">
5704 <p>if channel was reset, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
5705 related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
5706 message
5707 </p>
5708 </blockquote>
5709
5710
5711 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5712 </p>
5713 <blockquote class="text">
5714 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5715 error message
5716 </p>
5717 </blockquote>
5718
5719
5720 </blockquote><p>
5721
5722 </p>
5723 <p>Examples:
5724 </p>
5725 <p>
5726 </p>
5727 <blockquote class="text">
5728 <p>
5729 </p>
5730 </blockquote><p>
5731
5732 </p>
5733 <a name="anchor12"></a><br /><hr />
5734 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5735 <a name="rfc.section.6.5"></a><h3>6.5.&nbsp;
5736 Controlling connection</h3>
5737
5738 <p>The following commands are used to control the connection to LinuxSampler.
5739 </p>
5740 <a name="SUBSCRIBE"></a><br /><hr />
5741 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5742 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.1"></a><h3>6.5.1.&nbsp;
5743 Register front-end for receiving event messages</h3>
5744
5745 <p>The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
5746 be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:
5747 </p>
5748 <p>
5749 </p>
5750 <blockquote class="text">
5751 <p>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
5752 </p>
5753 </blockquote><p>
5754
5755 </p>
5756 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
5757 client wants to subscribe to.
5758 </p>
5759 <p>Possible Answers:
5760 </p>
5761 <p>
5762 </p>
5763 <blockquote class="text">
5764 <p>"OK" -
5765 </p>
5766 <blockquote class="text">
5767 <p>on success
5768 </p>
5769 </blockquote>
5770
5771
5772 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5773 </p>
5774 <blockquote class="text">
5775 <p>if registration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
5776 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5777 warning message
5778 </p>
5779 </blockquote>
5780
5781
5782 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5783 </p>
5784 <blockquote class="text">
5785 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5786 error message
5787 </p>
5788 </blockquote>
5789
5790
5791 </blockquote><p>
5792
5793 </p>
5794 <p>Examples:
5795 </p>
5796 <p>
5797 </p>
5798 <blockquote class="text">
5799 <p>
5800 </p>
5801 </blockquote><p>
5802
5803 </p>
5804 <a name="UNSUBSCRIBE"></a><br /><hr />
5805 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5806 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.2"></a><h3>6.5.2.&nbsp;
5807 Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages</h3>
5808
5809 <p>The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive event
5810 messages anymore by sending the following command:
5811 </p>
5812 <p>
5813 </p>
5814 <blockquote class="text">
5815 <p>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
5816 </p>
5817 </blockquote><p>
5818
5819 </p>
5820 <p>Where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
5821 client doesn't want to receive anymore.
5822 </p>
5823 <p>Possible Answers:
5824 </p>
5825 <p>
5826 </p>
5827 <blockquote class="text">
5828 <p>"OK" -
5829 </p>
5830 <blockquote class="text">
5831 <p>on success
5832 </p>
5833 </blockquote>
5834
5835
5836 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5837 </p>
5838 <blockquote class="text">
5839 <p>if unregistration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
5840 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5841 warning message
5842 </p>
5843 </blockquote>
5844
5845
5846 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5847 </p>
5848 <blockquote class="text">
5849 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5850 error message
5851 </p>
5852 </blockquote>
5853
5854
5855 </blockquote><p>
5856
5857 </p>
5858 <p>Examples:
5859 </p>
5860 <p>
5861 </p>
5862 <blockquote class="text">
5863 <p>
5864 </p>
5865 </blockquote><p>
5866
5867 </p>
5868 <a name="SET ECHO"></a><br /><hr />
5869 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5870 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.3"></a><h3>6.5.3.&nbsp;
5871 Enable or disable echo of commands</h3>
5872
5873 <p>To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the following command can be used:
5874 </p>
5875 <p>
5876 </p>
5877 <blockquote class="text">
5878 <p>SET ECHO &lt;value&gt;
5879 </p>
5880 </blockquote><p>
5881
5882 </p>
5883 <p>Where &lt;value&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode
5884 or "0" to disable echo mode. When echo mode is enabled, all
5885 commands send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and
5886 after this echo the actual response to the command will be
5887 returned. Echo mode will only be altered for the client connection
5888 that issued the "SET ECHO" command, not globally for all client
5889 connections.
5890 </p>
5891 <p>Possible Answers:
5892 </p>
5893 <p>
5894 </p>
5895 <blockquote class="text">
5896 <p>"OK" -
5897 </p>
5898 <blockquote class="text">
5899 <p>usually
5900 </p>
5901 </blockquote>
5902
5903
5904 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5905 </p>
5906 <blockquote class="text">
5907 <p>on syntax error, e.g. non boolean value
5908 </p>
5909 </blockquote>
5910
5911
5912 </blockquote><p>
5913
5914 </p>
5915 <p>Examples:
5916 </p>
5917 <p>
5918 </p>
5919 <blockquote class="text">
5920 <p>
5921 </p>
5922 </blockquote><p>
5923
5924 </p>
5925 <a name="QUIT"></a><br /><hr />
5926 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5927 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.4"></a><h3>6.5.4.&nbsp;
5928 Close client connection</h3>
5929
5930 <p>The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by sending the following command:
5931 </p>
5932 <p>
5933 </p>
5934 <blockquote class="text">
5935 <p>QUIT
5936 </p>
5937 </blockquote><p>
5938
5939 </p>
5940 <p>This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
5941 LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.
5942 </p>
5943 <a name="anchor13"></a><br /><hr />
5944 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5945 <a name="rfc.section.6.6"></a><h3>6.6.&nbsp;
5946 Global commands</h3>
5947
5948 <p>The following commands have global impact on the sampler.
5949 </p>
5950 <a name="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
5951 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5952 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.1"></a><h3>6.6.1.&nbsp;
5953 Current number of active voices</h3>
5954
5955 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on
5956 the sampler by sending the following command:
5957 </p>
5958 <p>
5959 </p>
5960 <blockquote class="text">
5961 <p>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
5962 </p>
5963 </blockquote><p>
5964
5965 </p>
5966 <p>Possible Answers:
5967 </p>
5968 <p>
5969 </p>
5970 <blockquote class="text">
5971 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
5972 voices on the sampler.
5973 </p>
5974 </blockquote><p>
5975
5976 </p>
5977 <a name="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX"></a><br /><hr />
5978 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5979 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.2"></a><h3>6.6.2.&nbsp;
5980 Maximum amount of active voices</h3>
5981
5982 <p>The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices
5983 by sending the following command:
5984 </p>
5985 <p>
5986 </p>
5987 <blockquote class="text">
5988 <p>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
5989 </p>
5990 </blockquote><p>
5991
5992 </p>
5993 <p>Possible Answers:
5994 </p>
5995 <p>
5996 </p>
5997 <blockquote class="text">
5998 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number
5999 of active voices.
6000 </p>
6001 </blockquote><p>
6002
6003 </p>
6004 <a name="RESET"></a><br /><hr />
6005 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6006 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.3"></a><h3>6.6.3.&nbsp;
6007 Reset sampler</h3>
6008
6009 <p>The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following command:
6010 </p>
6011 <p>
6012 </p>
6013 <blockquote class="text">
6014 <p>RESET
6015 </p>
6016 </blockquote><p>
6017
6018 </p>
6019 <p>Possible Answers:
6020 </p>
6021 <p>
6022 </p>
6023 <blockquote class="text">
6024 <p>"OK" -
6025 </p>
6026 <blockquote class="text">
6027 <p>always
6028 </p>
6029 </blockquote>
6030
6031
6032 </blockquote><p>
6033
6034 </p>
6035 <p>Examples:
6036 </p>
6037 <p>
6038 </p>
6039 <blockquote class="text">
6040 <p>
6041 </p>
6042 </blockquote><p>
6043
6044 </p>
6045 <a name="GET SERVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
6046 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6047 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.4"></a><h3>6.6.4.&nbsp;
6048 General sampler informations</h3>
6049
6050 <p>The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
6051 instance by sending the following command:
6052 </p>
6053 <p>
6054 </p>
6055 <blockquote class="text">
6056 <p>GET SERVER INFO
6057 </p>
6058 </blockquote><p>
6059
6060 </p>
6061 <p>Possible Answers:
6062 </p>
6063 <p>
6064 </p>
6065 <blockquote class="text">
6066 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6067 Each answer line begins with the information category name
6068 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6069 the info character string to that information category. At the
6070 moment the following categories are defined:
6071
6072 </p>
6073 <p>
6074 </p>
6075 <blockquote class="text">
6076 <p>DESCRIPTION -
6077 </p>
6078 <blockquote class="text">
6079 <p>arbitrary textual description about the sampler
6080 </p>
6081 </blockquote>
6082
6083
6084 <p>VERSION -
6085 </p>
6086 <blockquote class="text">
6087 <p>version of the sampler
6088 </p>
6089 </blockquote>
6090
6091
6092 <p>PROTOCOL_VERSION -
6093 </p>
6094 <blockquote class="text">
6095 <p>version of the LSCP specification the sampler
6096 complies with (see <a class='info' href='#LSCP versioning'>Section&nbsp;2<span> (</span><span class='info'>Versioning of this specification</span><span>)</span></a> for details)
6097 </p>
6098 </blockquote>
6099
6100
6101 <p>INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
6102 </p>
6103 <blockquote class="text">
6104 <p>either yes or no, specifies whether the
6105 sampler is build with instruments database support.
6106 </p>
6107 </blockquote>
6108
6109
6110 </blockquote>
6111
6112
6113 </blockquote><p>
6114
6115 </p>
6116 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6117 Other fields might be added in future.
6118 </p>
6119 <a name="GET VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
6120 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6121 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.5"></a><h3>6.6.5.&nbsp;
6122 Getting global volume attenuation</h3>
6123
6124 <p>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
6125 attenuation by sending the following command:
6126 </p>
6127 <p>
6128 </p>
6129 <blockquote class="text">
6130 <p>GET VOLUME
6131 </p>
6132 </blockquote><p>
6133
6134 </p>
6135 <p>Possible Answers:
6136 </p>
6137 <p>
6138 </p>
6139 <blockquote class="text">
6140 <p>The sampler will always answer by returning the optional
6141 dotted floating point coefficient, reflecting the current
6142 global volume attenuation.
6143
6144 </p>
6145 </blockquote><p>
6146
6147 </p>
6148 <p>Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey
6149 that global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD
6150 use this parameter.
6151 </p>
6152 <a name="SET VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
6153 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6154 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.6"></a><h3>6.6.6.&nbsp;
6155 Setting global volume attenuation</h3>
6156
6157 <p>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
6158 attenuation by sending the following command:
6159 </p>
6160 <p>
6161 </p>
6162 <blockquote class="text">
6163 <p>SET VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;
6164 </p>
6165 </blockquote><p>
6166
6167 </p>
6168 <p>Where &lt;volume&gt; should be replaced by the optional dotted
6169 floating point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter.
6170 This value might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that
6171 is for attenuating the overall volume.
6172 </p>
6173 <p>Possible Answers:
6174 </p>
6175 <p>
6176 </p>
6177 <blockquote class="text">
6178 <p>"OK" -
6179 </p>
6180 <blockquote class="text">
6181 <p>on success
6182 </p>
6183 </blockquote>
6184
6185
6186 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6187 </p>
6188 <blockquote class="text">
6189 <p>if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy
6190 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
6191 warning message
6192 </p>
6193 </blockquote>
6194
6195
6196 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6197 </p>
6198 <blockquote class="text">
6199 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
6200 </p>
6201 </blockquote>
6202
6203
6204 </blockquote><p>
6205
6206 </p>
6207 <a name="MIDI Instrument Mapping"></a><br /><hr />
6208 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6209 <a name="rfc.section.6.7"></a><h3>6.7.&nbsp;
6210 MIDI Instrument Mapping</h3>
6211
6212 <p>The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments
6213 by sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change
6214 messages which are essentially just numbers. The following commands
6215 allow to actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change
6216 numbers with real instruments.
6217 </p>
6218 <p>The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI
6219 instrument maps which define which instrument to load on
6220 which MIDI program change message.
6221 </p>
6222 <p>By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no
6223 map, thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change
6224 messages. The front-end has to explicitly create at least one
6225 map, add entries to the map and tell the respective sampler
6226 channel(s) which MIDI instrument map to use, so the sampler
6227 knows how to react on a given program change message on the
6228 respective sampler channel, that is by switching to the
6229 respectively defined engine type and loading the respective
6230 instrument. See command
6231 <a class='info' href='#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
6232 for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel.
6233 </p>
6234 <p>Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not
6235 cause to switch to another instrument. Instead when receiving a
6236 bank select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent
6237 program change message (which may occur at any time) will finally
6238 cause the sampler to switch to the respective instrument as
6239 reflected by the current MIDI instrument map.
6240 </p>
6241 <a name="ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT MAP"></a><br /><hr />
6242 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6243 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.1"></a><h3>6.7.1.&nbsp;
6244 Create a new MIDI instrument map</h3>
6245
6246 <p>The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending
6247 the following command:
6248 </p>
6249 <p>
6250 </p>
6251 <blockquote class="text">
6252 <p>ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [&lt;name&gt;]
6253 </p>
6254 </blockquote><p>
6255
6256 </p>
6257 <p>Where &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument allowing to
6258 assign a custom name to the new map. MIDI instrument Map
6259 names do not have to be unique.
6260 </p>
6261 <p>Possible Answers:
6262 </p>
6263 <p>
6264 </p>
6265 <blockquote class="text">
6266 <p>"OK[&lt;map&gt;]" -
6267 </p>
6268 <blockquote class="text">
6269 <p>in case a new MIDI instrument map could
6270 be added, where &lt;map&gt; reflects the
6271 unique ID of the newly created MIDI
6272 instrument map
6273 </p>
6274 </blockquote>
6275
6276
6277 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6278 </p>
6279 <blockquote class="text">
6280 <p>when a new map could not be created, which
6281 might never occur in practice
6282 </p>
6283 </blockquote>
6284
6285
6286 </blockquote><p>
6287
6288 </p>
6289 <p>Examples:
6290 </p>
6291 <p>
6292 </p>
6293 <blockquote class="text">
6294 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"
6295 </p>
6296 <p>S: "OK[0]"
6297 </p>
6298 </blockquote><p>
6299
6300 </p>
6301 <p>
6302 </p>
6303 <blockquote class="text">
6304 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"
6305 </p>
6306 <p>S: "OK[1]"
6307 </p>
6308 </blockquote><p>
6309
6310 </p>
6311 <p>
6312 </p>
6313 <blockquote class="text">
6314 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
6315 </p>
6316 <p>S: "OK[5]"
6317 </p>
6318 </blockquote><p>
6319
6320 </p>
6321 <a name="REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
6322 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6323 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.2"></a><h3>6.7.2.&nbsp;
6324 Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6325
6326 <p>The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map
6327 by sending the following command:
6328 </p>
6329 <p>
6330 </p>
6331 <blockquote class="text">
6332 <p>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;map&gt;
6333 </p>
6334 </blockquote><p>
6335
6336 </p>
6337 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; reflects the unique ID of the map to delete
6338 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
6339 command.
6340 </p>
6341 <p>The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by
6342 sending the following command:
6343 </p>
6344 <p>
6345 </p>
6346 <blockquote class="text">
6347 <p>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL
6348 </p>
6349 </blockquote><p>
6350
6351 </p>
6352 <p>Possible Answers:
6353 </p>
6354 <p>
6355 </p>
6356 <blockquote class="text">
6357 <p>"OK" -
6358 </p>
6359 <blockquote class="text">
6360 <p>in case the map(s) could be deleted
6361 </p>
6362 </blockquote>
6363
6364
6365 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6366 </p>
6367 <blockquote class="text">
6368 <p>when the given map does not exist
6369 </p>
6370 </blockquote>
6371
6372
6373 </blockquote><p>
6374
6375 </p>
6376 <p>Examples:
6377 </p>
6378 <p>
6379 </p>
6380 <blockquote class="text">
6381 <p>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"
6382 </p>
6383 <p>S: "OK"
6384 </p>
6385 </blockquote><p>
6386
6387 </p>
6388 <p>
6389 </p>
6390 <blockquote class="text">
6391 <p>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"
6392 </p>
6393 <p>S: "OK"
6394 </p>
6395 </blockquote><p>
6396
6397 </p>
6398 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"></a><br /><hr />
6399 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6400 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.3"></a><h3>6.7.3.&nbsp;
6401 Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6402
6403 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI
6404 instrument maps by sending the following command:
6405 </p>
6406 <p>
6407 </p>
6408 <blockquote class="text">
6409 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6410 </p>
6411 </blockquote><p>
6412
6413 </p>
6414 <p>Possible Answers:
6415 </p>
6416 <p>
6417 </p>
6418 <blockquote class="text">
6419 <p>The sampler will answer by returning the current
6420 number of MIDI instrument maps.
6421 </p>
6422 </blockquote><p>
6423
6424 </p>
6425 <p>Example:
6426 </p>
6427 <p>
6428 </p>
6429 <blockquote class="text">
6430 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
6431 </p>
6432 <p>S: "2"
6433 </p>
6434 </blockquote><p>
6435
6436 </p>
6437 <a name="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"></a><br /><hr />
6438 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6439 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.4"></a><h3>6.7.4.&nbsp;
6440 Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6441
6442 <p>The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime. To get the
6443 current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
6444 following command:
6445 </p>
6446 <p>
6447 </p>
6448 <blockquote class="text">
6449 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6450 </p>
6451 </blockquote><p>
6452
6453 </p>
6454 <p>Possible Answers:
6455 </p>
6456 <p>
6457 </p>
6458 <blockquote class="text">
6459 <p>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
6460 with all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.
6461 </p>
6462 </blockquote><p>
6463
6464 </p>
6465 <p>Example:
6466 </p>
6467 <p>
6468 </p>
6469 <blockquote class="text">
6470 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
6471 </p>
6472 <p>S: "0,1,5,12"
6473 </p>
6474 </blockquote><p>
6475
6476 </p>
6477 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO"></a><br /><hr />
6478 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6479 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.5"></a><h3>6.7.5.&nbsp;
6480 Getting MIDI instrument map information</h3>
6481
6482 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI
6483 instrument map by sending the following command:
6484 </p>
6485 <p>
6486 </p>
6487 <blockquote class="text">
6488 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO &lt;map&gt;
6489 </p>
6490 </blockquote><p>
6491
6492 </p>
6493 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map the
6494 front-end is interested in as returned by the
6495 <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
6496 command.
6497 </p>
6498 <p>Possible Answers:
6499 </p>
6500 <p>
6501 </p>
6502 <blockquote class="text">
6503 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6504 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
6505 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6506 the info character string to that setting category. At the
6507 moment the following categories are defined:
6508 </p>
6509 <p>
6510 </p>
6511 <blockquote class="text">
6512 <p>NAME -
6513 </p>
6514 <blockquote class="text">
6515 <p>custom name of the given map,
6516 which does not have to be unique
6517 </p>
6518 </blockquote>
6519
6520
6521 <p>DEFAULT -
6522 </p>
6523 <blockquote class="text">
6524 <p>either true or false,
6525 defines whether this map is the default map
6526 </p>
6527 </blockquote>
6528
6529
6530 </blockquote>
6531
6532
6533 </blockquote><p>
6534
6535 </p>
6536 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6537 </p>
6538 <p>Example:
6539 </p>
6540 <p>
6541 </p>
6542 <blockquote class="text">
6543 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"
6544 </p>
6545 <p>S: "NAME: Standard Map"
6546 </p>
6547 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"
6548 </p>
6549 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
6550 </p>
6551 </blockquote><p>
6552
6553 </p>
6554 <a name="SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME"></a><br /><hr />
6555 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6556 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.6"></a><h3>6.7.6.&nbsp;
6557 Renaming a MIDI instrument map</h3>
6558
6559 <p>The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI
6560 instrument map by sending the following command:
6561 </p>
6562 <p>
6563 </p>
6564 <blockquote class="text">
6565 <p>SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME &lt;map&gt; &lt;name&gt;
6566 </p>
6567 </blockquote><p>
6568
6569 </p>
6570 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map and
6571 &lt;name&gt; the new custom name of the map, which does not
6572 have to be unique.
6573 </p>
6574 <p>Possible Answers:
6575 </p>
6576 <p>
6577 </p>
6578 <blockquote class="text">
6579 <p>"OK" -
6580 </p>
6581 <blockquote class="text">
6582 <p>on success
6583 </p>
6584 </blockquote>
6585
6586
6587 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6588 </p>
6589 <blockquote class="text">
6590 <p>in case the given map does not exist
6591 </p>
6592 </blockquote>
6593
6594
6595 </blockquote><p>
6596
6597 </p>
6598 <p>Example:
6599 </p>
6600 <p>
6601 </p>
6602 <blockquote class="text">
6603 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"
6604 </p>
6605 <p>S: "OK"
6606 </p>
6607 </blockquote><p>
6608
6609 </p>
6610 <a name="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
6611 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6612 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.7"></a><h3>6.7.7.&nbsp;
6613 Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</h3>
6614
6615 <p>The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry
6616 in a sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following
6617 command:
6618 </p>
6619 <p>
6620 </p>
6621 <blockquote class="text">
6622 <p>MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] &lt;map&gt;
6623 &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt; &lt;engine_name&gt;
6624 &lt;filename&gt; &lt;instrument_index&gt; &lt;volume_value&gt;
6625 [&lt;instr_load_mode&gt;] [&lt;name&gt;]
6626 </p>
6627 </blockquote><p>
6628
6629 </p>
6630 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to alter,
6631 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between
6632 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
6633 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an
6634 integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program change
6635 index, &lt;engine_name&gt; a sampler engine name as returned by
6636 the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a>
6637 command (not encapsulated into apostrophes), &lt;filename&gt; the name
6638 of the instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes),
6639 &lt;instrument_index&gt; the index (integer value) of the instrument
6640 within the given file, &lt;volume_value&gt; reflects the master
6641 volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number (where a
6642 value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
6643 amplification). This parameter easily allows to adjust the
6644 volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
6645 without having to adjust their instrument files. The
6646 OPTIONAL &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument defines the life
6647 time of the instrument, that is when the instrument should
6648 be loaded, when freed and has exactly the following
6649 possibilities:
6650 </p>
6651 <p>
6652 </p>
6653 <blockquote class="text">
6654 <p>"ON_DEMAND" -
6655 </p>
6656 <blockquote class="text">
6657 <p>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
6658 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
6659 channel. It will immediately be freed from memory
6660 when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
6661 </p>
6662 </blockquote>
6663
6664
6665 <p>"ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
6666 </p>
6667 <blockquote class="text">
6668 <p>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
6669 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
6670 channel. It will be kept in memory even when
6671 not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
6672 Instruments with this mode are only freed
6673 when the sampler is reset or all mapping
6674 entries with this mode (and respective
6675 instrument) are explicitly changed to
6676 "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler channel is using
6677 the instrument anymore.
6678 </p>
6679 </blockquote>
6680
6681
6682 <p>"PERSISTENT" -
6683 </p>
6684 <blockquote class="text">
6685 <p>The instrument will immediately be loaded
6686 into memory when this mapping
6687 command is sent and the instrument is kept all
6688 the time. Instruments with this mode are
6689 only freed when the sampler is reset or all
6690 mapping entries with this mode (and
6691 respective instrument) are explicitly
6692 changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler
6693 channel is using the instrument anymore.
6694 </p>
6695 </blockquote>
6696
6697
6698 <p>not supplied -
6699 </p>
6700 <blockquote class="text">
6701 <p>In case there is no &lt;instr_load_mode&gt;
6702 argument given, it will be up to the
6703 InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
6704 Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry
6705 for the given instrument does not exist in
6706 the InstrumentManager's list yet, otherwise
6707 if an entry already exists, it will simply
6708 stick with the mode currently reflected by
6709 the already existing entry, that is it will
6710 not change the mode.
6711 </p>
6712 </blockquote>
6713
6714
6715 </blockquote><p>
6716
6717 </p>
6718 <p>
6719 The &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument thus allows to define an
6720 appropriate strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast
6721 instrument switching) for each instrument individually. Note, the
6722 following restrictions apply to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and
6723 "PERSISTENT" have to be supported by the respective sampler engine
6724 (which is technically the case when the engine provides an
6725 InstrumentManager for its format). If this is not the case the
6726 argument will automatically fall back to the default value
6727 "ON_DEMAND". Also the load mode of one instrument may
6728 automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
6729 because the instruments are part of the same file and the
6730 engine does not allow a way to manage load modes for them
6731 individually. Due to this, in case the frontend shows the
6732 load modes of entries, the frontend should retrieve the actual
6733 mode by i.e. sending
6734 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
6735 command(s). Finally the OPTIONAL &lt;name&gt; argument allows to
6736 set a custom name (encapsulated into apostrophes) for the mapping
6737 entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
6738 mapped instruments (using
6739 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>).
6740
6741 </p>
6742 <p>
6743 By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
6744 completely established in the sampler. The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument
6745 however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command to return
6746 immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the mapping in the
6747 background. So this argument might be especially useful for mappings with
6748 a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to load the respective instruments
6749 immediately and might thus block for a very long time. It is recommended
6750 however to use the OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary,
6751 because it has the following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return
6752 immediately, they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
6753 instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent commands
6754 in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory mappings are
6755 not yet completed.
6756
6757 </p>
6758 <p>Possible Answers:
6759 </p>
6760 <p>
6761 </p>
6762 <blockquote class="text">
6763 <p>"OK" -
6764 </p>
6765 <blockquote class="text">
6766 <p>usually
6767 </p>
6768 </blockquote>
6769
6770
6771 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6772 </p>
6773 <blockquote class="text">
6774 <p>when the given map or engine does not exist or a value
6775 is out of range
6776 </p>
6777 </blockquote>
6778
6779
6780 </blockquote><p>
6781
6782 </p>
6783 <p>Examples:
6784 </p>
6785 <p>
6786 </p>
6787 <blockquote class="text">
6788 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0 0.8 PERSISTENT"
6789 </p>
6790 <p>S: "OK"
6791 </p>
6792 </blockquote><p>
6793
6794 </p>
6795 <p>
6796 </p>
6797 <blockquote class="text">
6798 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7 1.0"
6799 </p>
6800 <p>S: "OK"
6801 </p>
6802 </blockquote><p>
6803
6804 </p>
6805 <p>
6806 </p>
6807 <blockquote class="text">
6808 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0 'Normal Piano'"
6809 </p>
6810 <p>S: "OK"
6811 </p>
6812 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25 'Silent Piano'"
6813 </p>
6814 <p>S: "OK"
6815 </p>
6816 </blockquote><p>
6817
6818 </p>
6819 <p>
6820 </p>
6821 <blockquote class="text">
6822 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"
6823 </p>
6824 <p>S: "OK"
6825 </p>
6826 </blockquote><p>
6827
6828 </p>
6829 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
6830 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6831 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.8"></a><h3>6.7.8.&nbsp;
6832 Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries</h3>
6833
6834 <p>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
6835 entries in a MIDI instrument map by sending the following
6836 command:
6837 </p>
6838 <p>
6839 </p>
6840 <blockquote class="text">
6841 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
6842 </p>
6843 </blockquote><p>
6844
6845 </p>
6846 <p>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
6847 entries in all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
6848 command:
6849 </p>
6850 <p>
6851 </p>
6852 <blockquote class="text">
6853 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
6854 </p>
6855 </blockquote><p>
6856
6857 </p>
6858 <p>Possible Answers:
6859 </p>
6860 <p>
6861 </p>
6862 <blockquote class="text">
6863 <p>The sampler will answer by sending the current number of
6864 entries in the MIDI instrument map(s).
6865 </p>
6866 </blockquote><p>
6867
6868 </p>
6869 <p>Example:
6870 </p>
6871 <p>
6872 </p>
6873 <blockquote class="text">
6874 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
6875 </p>
6876 <p>S: "234"
6877 </p>
6878 </blockquote><p>
6879
6880 </p>
6881 <p>
6882 </p>
6883 <blockquote class="text">
6884 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
6885 </p>
6886 <p>S: "954"
6887 </p>
6888 </blockquote><p>
6889
6890 </p>
6891 <a name="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
6892 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6893 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.9"></a><h3>6.7.9.&nbsp;
6894 Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map</h3>
6895
6896 <p>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
6897 entries in a certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following
6898 command:
6899 </p>
6900 <p>
6901 </p>
6902 <blockquote class="text">
6903 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
6904 </p>
6905 </blockquote><p>
6906
6907 </p>
6908 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.
6909 </p>
6910 <p>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
6911 entries of all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
6912 command:
6913 </p>
6914 <p>
6915 </p>
6916 <blockquote class="text">
6917 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
6918 </p>
6919 </blockquote><p>
6920
6921 </p>
6922 <p>Possible Answers:
6923 </p>
6924 <p>
6925 </p>
6926 <blockquote class="text">
6927 <p>The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated
6928 list of map ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where
6929 each triple is encapsulated into curly braces. The
6930 list is returned in one single line. Each triple
6931 just reflects the key of the respective map entry,
6932 thus subsequent
6933 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
6934 command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed informations
6935 about each entry.
6936 </p>
6937 </blockquote><p>
6938
6939 </p>
6940 <p>Example:
6941 </p>
6942 <p>
6943 </p>
6944 <blockquote class="text">
6945 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
6946 </p>
6947 <p>S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"
6948 </p>
6949 </blockquote><p>
6950
6951 </p>
6952 <a name="UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
6953 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6954 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.10"></a><h3>6.7.10.&nbsp;
6955 Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map</h3>
6956
6957 <p>The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument
6958 map by sending the following command:
6959 </p>
6960 <p>
6961 </p>
6962 <blockquote class="text">
6963 <p>UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;
6964 </p>
6965 </blockquote><p>
6966
6967 </p>
6968 <p>
6969 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
6970 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
6971 reflecting the MIDI bank value and
6972 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
6973 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
6974 index triple.
6975
6976 </p>
6977 <p>Possible Answers:
6978 </p>
6979 <p>
6980 </p>
6981 <blockquote class="text">
6982 <p>"OK" -
6983 </p>
6984 <blockquote class="text">
6985 <p>usually
6986 </p>
6987 </blockquote>
6988
6989
6990 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6991 </p>
6992 <blockquote class="text">
6993 <p>when index out of bounds
6994 </p>
6995 </blockquote>
6996
6997
6998 </blockquote><p>
6999
7000 </p>
7001 <p>Example:
7002 </p>
7003 <p>
7004 </p>
7005 <blockquote class="text">
7006 <p>C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"
7007 </p>
7008 <p>S: "OK"
7009 </p>
7010 </blockquote><p>
7011
7012 </p>
7013 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7014 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7015 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.11"></a><h3>6.7.11.&nbsp;
7016 Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</h3>
7017
7018 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
7019 instrument map entry by sending the following command:
7020 </p>
7021 <p>
7022 </p>
7023 <blockquote class="text">
7024 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;
7025 </p>
7026 </blockquote><p>
7027
7028 </p>
7029 <p>
7030 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
7031 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
7032 reflecting the MIDI bank value, &lt;midi_bank&gt;
7033 and &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
7034 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
7035 index triple.
7036
7037 </p>
7038 <p>Possible Answers:
7039 </p>
7040 <p>
7041 </p>
7042 <blockquote class="text">
7043 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt;
7044 separated list. Each answer line begins with the
7045 information category name followed by a colon and then
7046 a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info
7047 character string to that info category. At the moment
7048 the following categories are defined:
7049 </p>
7050 <p>"NAME" -
7051 </p>
7052 <blockquote class="text">
7053 <p>Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined).
7054 This name shall be used by frontends for displaying a
7055 name for this mapped instrument. It can be set and
7056 changed with the
7057 <a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
7058 command and does not have to be unique.
7059 </p>
7060 </blockquote>
7061
7062
7063 <p>"ENGINE_NAME" -
7064 </p>
7065 <blockquote class="text">
7066 <p>Name of the engine to be deployed for this
7067 instrument.
7068 </p>
7069 </blockquote>
7070
7071
7072 <p>"INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
7073 </p>
7074 <blockquote class="text">
7075 <p>File name of the instrument.
7076 </p>
7077 </blockquote>
7078
7079
7080 <p>"INSTRUMENT_NR" -
7081 </p>
7082 <blockquote class="text">
7083 <p>Index of the instrument within the file.
7084 </p>
7085 </blockquote>
7086
7087
7088 <p>"INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
7089 </p>
7090 <blockquote class="text">
7091 <p>Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file.
7092 In contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
7093 cannot be changed.
7094 </p>
7095 </blockquote>
7096
7097
7098 <p>"LOAD_MODE" -
7099 </p>
7100 <blockquote class="text">
7101 <p>Life time of instrument
7102 (see <a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a> for details about this setting).
7103 </p>
7104 </blockquote>
7105
7106
7107 <p>"VOLUME" -
7108 </p>
7109 <blockquote class="text">
7110 <p>master volume of the instrument as optionally
7111 dotted number (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
7112 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
7113 </p>
7114 </blockquote>
7115
7116
7117 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7118 </p>
7119 </blockquote><p>
7120
7121 </p>
7122 <p>Example:
7123 </p>
7124 <p>
7125 </p>
7126 <blockquote class="text">
7127 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"
7128 </p>
7129 <p>S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"
7130 </p>
7131 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
7132 </p>
7133 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"
7134 </p>
7135 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
7136 </p>
7137 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"
7138 </p>
7139 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"
7140 </p>
7141 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
7142 </p>
7143 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
7144 </p>
7145 </blockquote><p>
7146
7147 </p>
7148 <a name="CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7149 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7150 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.12"></a><h3>6.7.12.&nbsp;
7151 Clear MIDI instrument map</h3>
7152
7153 <p>The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that
7154 is delete all its entries by sending the following command:
7155 </p>
7156 <p>
7157 </p>
7158 <blockquote class="text">
7159 <p>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
7160 </p>
7161 </blockquote><p>
7162
7163 </p>
7164 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to clear.
7165 </p>
7166 <p>The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that
7167 is delete all entries of all maps by sending the following
7168 command:
7169 </p>
7170 <p>
7171 </p>
7172 <blockquote class="text">
7173 <p>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
7174 </p>
7175 </blockquote><p>
7176
7177 </p>
7178 <p>The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the
7179 maps, only their entries, thus the map's settings like
7180 custom name will be preservevd.
7181 </p>
7182 <p>Possible Answers:
7183 </p>
7184 <p>
7185 </p>
7186 <blockquote class="text">
7187 <p>"OK" -
7188 </p>
7189 <blockquote class="text">
7190 <p>always
7191 </p>
7192 </blockquote>
7193
7194
7195 </blockquote><p>
7196
7197 </p>
7198 <p>Examples:
7199 </p>
7200 <p>
7201 </p>
7202 <blockquote class="text">
7203 <p>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
7204 </p>
7205 <p>S: "OK"
7206 </p>
7207 </blockquote><p>
7208
7209 </p>
7210 <p>
7211 </p>
7212 <blockquote class="text">
7213 <p>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
7214 </p>
7215 <p>S: "OK"
7216 </p>
7217 </blockquote><p>
7218
7219 </p>
7220 <a name="Managing Instruments Database"></a><br /><hr />
7221 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7222 <a name="rfc.section.6.8"></a><h3>6.8.&nbsp;
7223 Managing Instruments Database</h3>
7224
7225 <p>The following commands describe how to use and manage
7226 the instruments database.
7227 </p>
7228 <a name="ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7229 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7230 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.1"></a><h3>6.8.1.&nbsp;
7231 Creating a new instrument directory</h3>
7232
7233 <p>The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the
7234 instruments database by sending the following command:
7235 </p>
7236 <p>
7237 </p>
7238 <blockquote class="text">
7239 <p>ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt;
7240 </p>
7241 </blockquote><p>
7242
7243 </p>
7244 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7245 to be created (encapsulated into apostrophes).
7246 </p>
7247 <p>Possible Answers:
7248 </p>
7249 <p>
7250 </p>
7251 <blockquote class="text">
7252 <p>"OK" -
7253 </p>
7254 <blockquote class="text">
7255 <p>on success
7256 </p>
7257 </blockquote>
7258
7259
7260 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7261 </p>
7262 <blockquote class="text">
7263 <p>when the directory could not be created, which
7264 can happen if the directory already exists or the
7265 name contains not allowed symbols
7266 </p>
7267 </blockquote>
7268
7269
7270 </blockquote><p>
7271
7272 </p>
7273 <p>Examples:
7274 </p>
7275 <p>
7276 </p>
7277 <blockquote class="text">
7278 <p>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"
7279 </p>
7280 <p>S: "OK"
7281 </p>
7282 </blockquote><p>
7283
7284 </p>
7285 <a name="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7286 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7287 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.2"></a><h3>6.8.2.&nbsp;
7288 Deleting an instrument directory</h3>
7289
7290 <p>The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory
7291 from the instruments database by sending the following command:
7292 </p>
7293 <p>
7294 </p>
7295 <blockquote class="text">
7296 <p>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] &lt;dir&gt;
7297 </p>
7298 </blockquote><p>
7299
7300 </p>
7301 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7302 to delete. The optional FORCE argument can be used to
7303 force the deletion of a non-empty directory and all its content.
7304 </p>
7305 <p>Possible Answers:
7306 </p>
7307 <p>
7308 </p>
7309 <blockquote class="text">
7310 <p>"OK" -
7311 </p>
7312 <blockquote class="text">
7313 <p>if the directory is deleted successfully
7314 </p>
7315 </blockquote>
7316
7317
7318 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7319 </p>
7320 <blockquote class="text">
7321 <p>if the given directory does not exist, or
7322 if trying to delete a non-empty directory,
7323 without using the FORCE argument.
7324 </p>
7325 </blockquote>
7326
7327
7328 </blockquote><p>
7329
7330 </p>
7331 <p>Examples:
7332 </p>
7333 <p>
7334 </p>
7335 <blockquote class="text">
7336 <p>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"
7337 </p>
7338 <p>S: "OK"
7339 </p>
7340 </blockquote><p>
7341
7342 </p>
7343 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7344 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7345 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.3"></a><h3>6.8.3.&nbsp;
7346 Getting amount of instrument directories</h3>
7347
7348 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
7349 directories in a specific directory by sending the following command:
7350 </p>
7351 <p>
7352 </p>
7353 <blockquote class="text">
7354 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES &lt;dir&gt;
7355 </p>
7356 </blockquote><p>
7357
7358 </p>
7359 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7360 name of the directory.
7361 </p>
7362 <p>Possible Answers:
7363 </p>
7364 <p>
7365 </p>
7366 <blockquote class="text">
7367 <p>The current number of instrument directories
7368 in the specified directory.
7369 </p>
7370 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7371 </p>
7372 <blockquote class="text">
7373 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7374 </p>
7375 </blockquote>
7376
7377
7378 </blockquote><p>
7379
7380 </p>
7381 <p>Example:
7382 </p>
7383 <p>
7384 </p>
7385 <blockquote class="text">
7386 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
7387 </p>
7388 <p>S: "2"
7389 </p>
7390 </blockquote><p>
7391
7392 </p>
7393 <a name="LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7394 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7395 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.4"></a><h3>6.8.4.&nbsp;
7396 Listing all directories in specific directory</h3>
7397
7398 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories
7399 in specific directory by sending the following command:
7400 </p>
7401 <p>
7402 </p>
7403 <blockquote class="text">
7404 <p>LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES &lt;dir&gt;
7405 </p>
7406 </blockquote><p>
7407
7408 </p>
7409 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7410 name of the directory.
7411 </p>
7412 <p>Possible Answers:
7413 </p>
7414 <p>
7415 </p>
7416 <blockquote class="text">
7417 <p>A comma separated list of all instrument directories
7418 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
7419 </p>
7420 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7421 </p>
7422 <blockquote class="text">
7423 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7424 </p>
7425 </blockquote>
7426
7427
7428 </blockquote><p>
7429
7430 </p>
7431 <p>Example:
7432 </p>
7433 <p>
7434 </p>
7435 <blockquote class="text">
7436 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
7437 </p>
7438 <p>S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"
7439 </p>
7440 </blockquote><p>
7441
7442 </p>
7443 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7444 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7445 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.5"></a><h3>6.8.5.&nbsp;
7446 Getting instrument directory information</h3>
7447
7448 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
7449 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7450 </p>
7451 <p>
7452 </p>
7453 <blockquote class="text">
7454 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO &lt;dir&gt;
7455 </p>
7456 </blockquote><p>
7457
7458 </p>
7459 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7460 name of the directory the front-end is interested in.
7461 </p>
7462 <p>Possible Answers:
7463 </p>
7464 <p>
7465 </p>
7466 <blockquote class="text">
7467 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
7468 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
7469 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
7470 the info character string to that setting category. At the
7471 moment the following categories are defined:
7472 </p>
7473 <p>
7474 </p>
7475 <blockquote class="text">
7476 <p>DESCRIPTION -
7477 </p>
7478 <blockquote class="text">
7479 <p>A brief description of the directory content
7480 </p>
7481 </blockquote>
7482
7483
7484 <p>CREATED -
7485 </p>
7486 <blockquote class="text">
7487 <p>The creation date and time of the directory,
7488 represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
7489 </p>
7490 </blockquote>
7491
7492
7493 <p>MODIFIED -
7494 </p>
7495 <blockquote class="text">
7496 <p>The date and time of the last modification of the
7497 directory, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
7498 </p>
7499 </blockquote>
7500
7501
7502 </blockquote>
7503
7504
7505 </blockquote><p>
7506
7507 </p>
7508 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7509 </p>
7510 <p>Example:
7511 </p>
7512 <p>
7513 </p>
7514 <blockquote class="text">
7515 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"
7516 </p>
7517 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler format."
7518 </p>
7519 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
7520 </p>
7521 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
7522 </p>
7523 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
7524 </p>
7525 </blockquote><p>
7526
7527 </p>
7528 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"></a><br /><hr />
7529 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7530 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.6"></a><h3>6.8.6.&nbsp;
7531 Renaming an instrument directory</h3>
7532
7533 <p>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
7534 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7535 </p>
7536 <p>
7537 </p>
7538 <blockquote class="text">
7539 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME &lt;dir&gt; &lt;name&gt;
7540 </p>
7541 </blockquote><p>
7542
7543 </p>
7544 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
7545 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that directory.
7546 </p>
7547 <p>Possible Answers:
7548 </p>
7549 <p>
7550 </p>
7551 <blockquote class="text">
7552 <p>"OK" -
7553 </p>
7554 <blockquote class="text">
7555 <p>on success
7556 </p>
7557 </blockquote>
7558
7559
7560 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7561 </p>
7562 <blockquote class="text">
7563 <p>in case the given directory does not exists,
7564 or if a directory with name equal to the new
7565 name already exists.
7566 </p>
7567 </blockquote>
7568
7569
7570 </blockquote><p>
7571
7572 </p>
7573 <p>Example:
7574 </p>
7575 <p>
7576 </p>
7577 <blockquote class="text">
7578 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic' 'Acoustic'"
7579 </p>
7580 <p>S: "OK"
7581 </p>
7582 </blockquote><p>
7583
7584 </p>
7585 <a name="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7586 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7587 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.7"></a><h3>6.8.7.&nbsp;
7588 Moving an instrument directory</h3>
7589
7590 <p>The front-end can move a specific
7591 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7592 </p>
7593 <p>
7594 </p>
7595 <blockquote class="text">
7596 <p>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
7597 </p>
7598 </blockquote><p>
7599
7600 </p>
7601 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7602 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
7603 be moved to.
7604 </p>
7605 <p>Possible Answers:
7606 </p>
7607 <p>
7608 </p>
7609 <blockquote class="text">
7610 <p>"OK" -
7611 </p>
7612 <blockquote class="text">
7613 <p>on success
7614 </p>
7615 </blockquote>
7616
7617
7618 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7619 </p>
7620 <blockquote class="text">
7621 <p>in case a given directory does not exists,
7622 or if a directory with name equal to the name
7623 of the specified directory already exists in
7624 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
7625 when trying to move a directory to a subdirectory
7626 of itself.
7627 </p>
7628 </blockquote>
7629
7630
7631 </blockquote><p>
7632
7633 </p>
7634 <p>Example:
7635 </p>
7636 <p>
7637 </p>
7638 <blockquote class="text">
7639 <p>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"
7640 </p>
7641 <p>S: "OK"
7642 </p>
7643 </blockquote><p>
7644
7645 </p>
7646 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"></a><br /><hr />
7647 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7648 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.8"></a><h3>6.8.8.&nbsp;
7649 Changing the description of directory</h3>
7650
7651 <p>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
7652 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7653 </p>
7654 <p>
7655 </p>
7656 <blockquote class="text">
7657 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION &lt;dir&gt; &lt;desc&gt;
7658 </p>
7659 </blockquote><p>
7660
7661 </p>
7662 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
7663 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the directory.
7664 </p>
7665 <p>Possible Answers:
7666 </p>
7667 <p>
7668 </p>
7669 <blockquote class="text">
7670 <p>"OK" -
7671 </p>
7672 <blockquote class="text">
7673 <p>on success
7674 </p>
7675 </blockquote>
7676
7677
7678 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7679 </p>
7680 <blockquote class="text">
7681 <p>in case the given directory does not exists.
7682 </p>
7683 </blockquote>
7684
7685
7686 </blockquote><p>
7687
7688 </p>
7689 <p>Example:
7690 </p>
7691 <p>
7692 </p>
7693 <blockquote class="text">
7694 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A collection of piano instruments in various format.'"
7695 </p>
7696 <p>S: "OK"
7697 </p>
7698 </blockquote><p>
7699
7700 </p>
7701 <a name="ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7702 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7703 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.9"></a><h3>6.8.9.&nbsp;
7704 Adding instruments to the instruments database</h3>
7705
7706 <p>The front-end can add one or more instruments
7707 to the instruments database by sending the following command:
7708 </p>
7709 <p>
7710 </p>
7711 <blockquote class="text">
7712 <p>ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [&lt;mode&gt;] &lt;db_dir&gt; &lt;file_path&gt; [&lt;instr_index&gt;]
7713 </p>
7714 </blockquote><p>
7715
7716 </p>
7717 <p>Where &lt;db_dir&gt; is the absolute path name of a directory
7718 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which
7719 only the new instruments (that are not already in the database) will
7720 be added, &lt;file_path&gt; is the absolute path name of a file or
7721 directory in the file system (encapsulated into apostrophes). In case
7722 an instrument file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified
7723 file will be added to the instruments database. If the optional
7724 &lt;instr_index&gt; (the index of the instrument within the given file)
7725 is supplied too, then only the specified instrument will be added.
7726 In case a directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory
7727 will be added. The OPTIONAL &lt;mode&gt; argument is only applied
7728 when a directory is provided as &lt;file_path&gt; and specifies how the
7729 scanning will be done and has exactly the following possibilities:
7730 </p>
7731 <p>
7732 </p>
7733 <blockquote class="text">
7734 <p>"NON_RECURSIVE" -
7735 </p>
7736 <blockquote class="text">
7737 <p>Only the instruments in the specified directory
7738 will be added, the instruments in the subdirectories
7739 will not be processed.
7740 </p>
7741 </blockquote>
7742
7743
7744 <p>"FLAT" -
7745 </p>
7746 <blockquote class="text">
7747 <p>All instruments will be processed, including those
7748 in the subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory
7749 structure will not be recreated in the instruments
7750 database. All instruments will be added directly in
7751 the specified database directory.
7752 </p>
7753 </blockquote>
7754
7755
7756 <p>not supplied -
7757 </p>
7758 <blockquote class="text">
7759 <p>The subdirectory tree structure will be recreated
7760 in the instruments database and all instruments will be
7761 processed and added to the respective subdirectory
7762 in the instruments database.
7763 </p>
7764 </blockquote>
7765
7766
7767 </blockquote><p>
7768
7769 </p>
7770 <p>Possible Answers:
7771 </p>
7772 <p>
7773 </p>
7774 <blockquote class="text">
7775 <p>"OK" -
7776 </p>
7777 <blockquote class="text">
7778 <p>on success
7779 </p>
7780 </blockquote>
7781
7782
7783 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7784 </p>
7785 <blockquote class="text">
7786 <p>if an invalid path is specified.
7787 </p>
7788 </blockquote>
7789
7790
7791 </blockquote><p>
7792
7793 </p>
7794 <p>Examples:
7795 </p>
7796 <p>
7797 </p>
7798 <blockquote class="text">
7799 <p>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"
7800 </p>
7801 <p>S: "OK"
7802 </p>
7803 </blockquote><p>
7804
7805 </p>
7806 <a name="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
7807 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7808 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.10"></a><h3>6.8.10.&nbsp;
7809 Removing an instrument</h3>
7810
7811 <p>The front-end can remove a particular instrument
7812 from the instruments database by sending the following command:
7813 </p>
7814 <p>
7815 </p>
7816 <blockquote class="text">
7817 <p>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr_path&gt;
7818 </p>
7819 </blockquote><p>
7820
7821 </p>
7822 <p>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; is the absolute path name
7823 (in the instruments database) of the instrument to remove.
7824 </p>
7825 <p>Possible Answers:
7826 </p>
7827 <p>
7828 </p>
7829 <blockquote class="text">
7830 <p>"OK" -
7831 </p>
7832 <blockquote class="text">
7833 <p>if the instrument is removed successfully
7834 </p>
7835 </blockquote>
7836
7837
7838 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7839 </p>
7840 <blockquote class="text">
7841 <p>if the given path does not exist or
7842 is a directory.
7843 </p>
7844 </blockquote>
7845
7846
7847 </blockquote><p>
7848
7849 </p>
7850 <p>Examples:
7851 </p>
7852 <p>
7853 </p>
7854 <blockquote class="text">
7855 <p>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
7856 </p>
7857 <p>S: "OK"
7858 </p>
7859 </blockquote><p>
7860
7861 </p>
7862 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7863 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7864 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.11"></a><h3>6.8.11.&nbsp;
7865 Getting amount of instruments</h3>
7866
7867 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
7868 instruments in a specific directory by sending the following command:
7869 </p>
7870 <p>
7871 </p>
7872 <blockquote class="text">
7873 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS &lt;dir&gt;
7874 </p>
7875 </blockquote><p>
7876
7877 </p>
7878 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path name
7879 of the directory.
7880 </p>
7881 <p>Possible Answers:
7882 </p>
7883 <p>
7884 </p>
7885 <blockquote class="text">
7886 <p>The current number of instruments
7887 in the specified directory.
7888 </p>
7889 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7890 </p>
7891 <blockquote class="text">
7892 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7893 </p>
7894 </blockquote>
7895
7896
7897 </blockquote><p>
7898
7899 </p>
7900 <p>Example:
7901 </p>
7902 <p>
7903 </p>
7904 <blockquote class="text">
7905 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
7906 </p>
7907 <p>S: "2"
7908 </p>
7909 </blockquote><p>
7910
7911 </p>
7912 <a name="LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7913 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7914 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.12"></a><h3>6.8.12.&nbsp;
7915 Listing all instruments in specific directory</h3>
7916
7917 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments
7918 in specific directory by sending the following command:
7919 </p>
7920 <p>
7921 </p>
7922 <blockquote class="text">
7923 <p>LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS &lt;dir&gt;
7924 </p>
7925 </blockquote><p>
7926
7927 </p>
7928 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7929 name of the directory.
7930 </p>
7931 <p>Possible Answers:
7932 </p>
7933 <p>
7934 </p>
7935 <blockquote class="text">
7936 <p>A comma separated list of all instruments
7937 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
7938 </p>
7939 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7940 </p>
7941 <blockquote class="text">
7942 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7943 </p>
7944 </blockquote>
7945
7946
7947 </blockquote><p>
7948
7949 </p>
7950 <p>Example:
7951 </p>
7952 <p>
7953 </p>
7954 <blockquote class="text">
7955 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
7956 </p>
7957 <p>S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"
7958 </p>
7959 </blockquote><p>
7960
7961 </p>
7962 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7963 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7964 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.13"></a><h3>6.8.13.&nbsp;
7965 Getting instrument information</h3>
7966
7967 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
7968 instrument by sending the following command:
7969 </p>
7970 <p>
7971 </p>
7972 <blockquote class="text">
7973 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;instr_path&gt;
7974 </p>
7975 </blockquote><p>
7976
7977 </p>
7978 <p>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7979 name of the instrument the front-end is interested in.
7980 </p>
7981 <p>Possible Answers:
7982 </p>
7983 <p>
7984 </p>
7985 <blockquote class="text">
7986 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
7987 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
7988 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
7989 the info character string to that setting category. At the
7990 moment the following categories are defined:
7991 </p>
7992 <p>
7993 </p>
7994 <blockquote class="text">
7995 <p>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
7996 </p>
7997 <blockquote class="text">
7998 <p>File name of the instrument.
7999 </p>
8000 </blockquote>
8001
8002
8003 <p>INSTRUMENT_NR -
8004 </p>
8005 <blockquote class="text">
8006 <p>Index of the instrument within the file.
8007 </p>
8008 </blockquote>
8009
8010
8011 <p>FORMAT_FAMILY -
8012 </p>
8013 <blockquote class="text">
8014 <p>The format family of the instrument.
8015 </p>
8016 </blockquote>
8017
8018
8019 <p>FORMAT_VERSION -
8020 </p>
8021 <blockquote class="text">
8022 <p>The format version of the instrument.
8023 </p>
8024 </blockquote>
8025
8026
8027 <p>SIZE -
8028 </p>
8029 <blockquote class="text">
8030 <p>The size of the instrument in bytes.
8031 </p>
8032 </blockquote>
8033
8034
8035 <p>CREATED -
8036 </p>
8037 <blockquote class="text">
8038 <p>The date and time when the instrument is added
8039 in the instruments database, represented in
8040 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
8041 </p>
8042 </blockquote>
8043
8044
8045 <p>MODIFIED -
8046 </p>
8047 <blockquote class="text">
8048 <p>The date and time of the last modification of the
8049 instrument's database settings, represented in
8050 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
8051 </p>
8052 </blockquote>
8053
8054
8055 <p>DESCRIPTION -
8056 </p>
8057 <blockquote class="text">
8058 <p>A brief description of the instrument
8059 </p>
8060 </blockquote>
8061
8062
8063 <p>IS_DRUM -
8064 </p>
8065 <blockquote class="text">
8066 <p>either true or false, determines whether the
8067 instrument is a drumkit or a chromatic instrument
8068 </p>
8069 </blockquote>
8070
8071
8072 <p>PRODUCT -
8073 </p>
8074 <blockquote class="text">
8075 <p>The product title of the instrument
8076 </p>
8077 </blockquote>
8078
8079
8080 <p>ARTISTS -
8081 </p>
8082 <blockquote class="text">
8083 <p>Lists the artist names
8084 </p>
8085 </blockquote>
8086
8087
8088 <p>KEYWORDS -
8089 </p>
8090 <blockquote class="text">
8091 <p>Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
8092 Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank.
8093 </p>
8094 </blockquote>
8095
8096
8097 </blockquote>
8098
8099
8100 </blockquote><p>
8101
8102 </p>
8103 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
8104 </p>
8105 <p>Example:
8106 </p>
8107 <p>
8108 </p>
8109 <blockquote class="text">
8110 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
8111 </p>
8112 <p>S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
8113 </p>
8114 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
8115 </p>
8116 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
8117 </p>
8118 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_VERSION: 2"
8119 </p>
8120 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SIZE: 2050871870"
8121 </p>
8122 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
8123 </p>
8124 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
8125 </p>
8126 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DESCRIPTION: "
8127 </p>
8128 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_DRUM: false"
8129 </p>
8130 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"
8131 </p>
8132 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"
8133 </p>
8134 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"
8135 </p>
8136 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
8137 </p>
8138 </blockquote><p>
8139
8140 </p>
8141 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"></a><br /><hr />
8142 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8143 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.14"></a><h3>6.8.14.&nbsp;
8144 Renaming an instrument</h3>
8145
8146 <p>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
8147 instrument by sending the following command:
8148 </p>
8149 <p>
8150 </p>
8151 <blockquote class="text">
8152 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME &lt;instr&gt; &lt;name&gt;
8153 </p>
8154 </blockquote><p>
8155
8156 </p>
8157 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
8158 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that instrument.
8159 </p>
8160 <p>Possible Answers:
8161 </p>
8162 <p>
8163 </p>
8164 <blockquote class="text">
8165 <p>"OK" -
8166 </p>
8167 <blockquote class="text">
8168 <p>on success
8169 </p>
8170 </blockquote>
8171
8172
8173 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8174 </p>
8175 <blockquote class="text">
8176 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8177 or if an instrument with name equal to the new
8178 name already exists.
8179 </p>
8180 </blockquote>
8181
8182
8183 </blockquote><p>
8184
8185 </p>
8186 <p>Example:
8187 </p>
8188 <p>
8189 </p>
8190 <blockquote class="text">
8191 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer' 'Bosendorfer 290'"
8192 </p>
8193 <p>S: "OK"
8194 </p>
8195 </blockquote><p>
8196
8197 </p>
8198 <a name="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8199 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8200 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.15"></a><h3>6.8.15.&nbsp;
8201 Moving an instrument</h3>
8202
8203 <p>The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
8204 sending the following command:
8205 </p>
8206 <p>
8207 </p>
8208 <blockquote class="text">
8209 <p>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8210 </p>
8211 </blockquote><p>
8212
8213 </p>
8214 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
8215 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
8216 be moved to.
8217 </p>
8218 <p>Possible Answers:
8219 </p>
8220 <p>
8221 </p>
8222 <blockquote class="text">
8223 <p>"OK" -
8224 </p>
8225 <blockquote class="text">
8226 <p>on success
8227 </p>
8228 </blockquote>
8229
8230
8231 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8232 </p>
8233 <blockquote class="text">
8234 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8235 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
8236 specified instrument already exists in the destination
8237 directory.
8238 </p>
8239 </blockquote>
8240
8241
8242 </blockquote><p>
8243
8244 </p>
8245 <p>Example:
8246 </p>
8247 <p>
8248 </p>
8249 <blockquote class="text">
8250 <p>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"
8251 </p>
8252 <p>S: "OK"
8253 </p>
8254 </blockquote><p>
8255
8256 </p>
8257 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"></a><br /><hr />
8258 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8259 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.16"></a><h3>6.8.16.&nbsp;
8260 Changing the description of instrument</h3>
8261
8262 <p>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
8263 instrument by sending the following command:
8264 </p>
8265 <p>
8266 </p>
8267 <blockquote class="text">
8268 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION &lt;instr&gt; &lt;desc&gt;
8269 </p>
8270 </blockquote><p>
8271
8272 </p>
8273 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
8274 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the instrument.
8275 </p>
8276 <p>Possible Answers:
8277 </p>
8278 <p>
8279 </p>
8280 <blockquote class="text">
8281 <p>"OK" -
8282 </p>
8283 <blockquote class="text">
8284 <p>on success
8285 </p>
8286 </blockquote>
8287
8288
8289 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8290 </p>
8291 <blockquote class="text">
8292 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists.
8293 </p>
8294 </blockquote>
8295
8296
8297 </blockquote><p>
8298
8299 </p>
8300 <p>Example:
8301 </p>
8302 <p>
8303 </p>
8304 <blockquote class="text">
8305 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"
8306 </p>
8307 <p>S: "OK"
8308 </p>
8309 </blockquote><p>
8310
8311 </p>
8312 <a name="command_syntax"></a><br /><hr />
8313 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8314 <a name="rfc.section.7"></a><h3>7.&nbsp;
8315 Command Syntax</h3>
8316
8317 <p>The grammar of the control protocol as descibed in <a class='info' href='#control_commands'>Section&nbsp;6<span> (</span><span class='info'>Description for control commands</span><span>)</span></a>
8318 is defined below using Backus-Naur Form (BNF as described in <a class='info' href='#RFC2234'>[RFC2234]<span> (</span><span class='info'>Crocker, D. and P. Overell, &ldquo;Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications,&rdquo; 1997.</span><span>)</span></a>)
8319 where applicable.
8320
8321 </p>
8322 <p>input =
8323 </p>
8324 <blockquote class="text">
8325 <p>line LF
8326
8327 </p>
8328 <p>/ line CR LF
8329
8330 </p>
8331 </blockquote><p>
8332
8333 </p>
8334 <p>line =
8335 </p>
8336 <blockquote class="text">
8337 <p>/* epsilon (empty line ignored) */
8338
8339 </p>
8340 <p>/ comment
8341
8342 </p>
8343 <p>/ command
8344
8345 </p>
8346 <p>/ error
8347
8348 </p>
8349 </blockquote><p>
8350
8351 </p>
8352 <p>comment =
8353 </p>
8354 <blockquote class="text">
8355 <p>'#'
8356
8357 </p>
8358 <p>/ comment '#'
8359
8360 </p>
8361 <p>/ comment SP
8362
8363 </p>
8364 <p>/ comment number
8365
8366 </p>
8367 <p>/ comment string
8368
8369 </p>
8370 </blockquote><p>
8371
8372 </p>
8373 <p>command =
8374 </p>
8375 <blockquote class="text">
8376 <p>ADD SP add_instruction
8377
8378 </p>
8379 <p>/ MAP SP map_instruction
8380
8381 </p>
8382 <p>/ UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
8383
8384 </p>
8385 <p>/ GET SP get_instruction
8386
8387 </p>
8388 <p>/ CREATE SP create_instruction
8389
8390 </p>
8391 <p>/ DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
8392
8393 </p>
8394 <p>/ LIST SP list_instruction
8395
8396 </p>
8397 <p>/ LOAD SP load_instruction
8398
8399 </p>
8400 <p>/ REMOVE SP remove_instruction
8401
8402 </p>
8403 <p>/ SET SP set_instruction
8404
8405 </p>
8406 <p>/ SUBSCRIBE SP subscribe_event
8407
8408 </p>
8409 <p>/ UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
8410
8411 </p>
8412 <p>/ RESET SP reset_instruction
8413
8414 </p>
8415 <p>/ CLEAR SP clear_instruction
8416
8417 </p>
8418 <p>/ MOVE SP move_instruction
8419
8420 </p>
8421 <p>/ RESET
8422
8423 </p>
8424 <p>/ QUIT
8425
8426 </p>
8427 </blockquote><p>
8428
8429 </p>
8430 <p>add_instruction =
8431 </p>
8432 <blockquote class="text">
8433 <p>CHANNEL
8434
8435 </p>
8436 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname
8437
8438 </p>
8439 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP FLAT SP pathname SP pathname
8440
8441 </p>
8442 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP pathname SP pathname
8443
8444 </p>
8445 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname SP pathname
8446
8447 </p>
8448 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname SP pathname SP instrument_index
8449
8450 </p>
8451 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
8452
8453 </p>
8454 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
8455
8456 </p>
8457 </blockquote><p>
8458
8459 </p>
8460 <p>subscribe_event =
8461 </p>
8462 <blockquote class="text">
8463 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8464
8465 </p>
8466 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8467
8468 </p>
8469 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8470
8471 </p>
8472 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8473
8474 </p>
8475 <p>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
8476
8477 </p>
8478 <p>/ VOICE_COUNT
8479
8480 </p>
8481 <p>/ STREAM_COUNT
8482
8483 </p>
8484 <p>/ BUFFER_FILL
8485
8486 </p>
8487 <p>/ CHANNEL_INFO
8488
8489 </p>
8490 <p>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
8491
8492 </p>
8493 <p>/ FX_SEND_INFO
8494
8495 </p>
8496 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
8497
8498 </p>
8499 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
8500
8501 </p>
8502 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8503
8504 </p>
8505 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8506
8507 </p>
8508 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
8509
8510 </p>
8511 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
8512
8513 </p>
8514 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8515
8516 </p>
8517 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8518
8519 </p>
8520 <p>/ MISCELLANEOUS
8521
8522 </p>
8523 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
8524
8525 </p>
8526 <p>/ GLOBAL_INFO
8527
8528 </p>
8529 </blockquote><p>
8530
8531 </p>
8532 <p>unsubscribe_event =
8533 </p>
8534 <blockquote class="text">
8535 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8536
8537 </p>
8538 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8539
8540 </p>
8541 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8542
8543 </p>
8544 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8545
8546 </p>
8547 <p>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
8548
8549 </p>
8550 <p>/ VOICE_COUNT
8551
8552 </p>
8553 <p>/ STREAM_COUNT
8554
8555 </p>
8556 <p>/ BUFFER_FILL
8557
8558 </p>
8559 <p>/ CHANNEL_INFO
8560
8561 </p>
8562 <p>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
8563
8564 </p>
8565 <p>/ FX_SEND_INFO
8566
8567 </p>
8568 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
8569
8570 </p>
8571 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
8572
8573 </p>
8574 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8575
8576 </p>
8577 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8578
8579 </p>
8580 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
8581
8582 </p>
8583 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
8584
8585 </p>
8586 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8587
8588 </p>
8589 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8590
8591 </p>
8592 <p>/ MISCELLANEOUS
8593
8594 </p>
8595 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
8596
8597 </p>
8598 <p>/ GLOBAL_INFO
8599
8600 </p>
8601 </blockquote><p>
8602
8603 </p>
8604 <p>map_instruction =
8605 </p>
8606 <blockquote class="text">
8607 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
8608
8609 </p>
8610 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode
8611
8612 </p>
8613 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP entry_name
8614
8615 </p>
8616 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode SP entry_name
8617
8618 </p>
8619 </blockquote><p>
8620
8621 </p>
8622 <p>unmap_instruction =
8623 </p>
8624 <blockquote class="text">
8625 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8626
8627 </p>
8628 </blockquote><p>
8629
8630 </p>
8631 <p>remove_instruction =
8632 </p>
8633 <blockquote class="text">
8634 <p>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
8635
8636 </p>
8637 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
8638
8639 </p>
8640 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
8641
8642 </p>
8643 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP pathname
8644
8645 </p>
8646 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname
8647
8648 </p>
8649 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP pathname
8650
8651 </p>
8652 </blockquote><p>
8653
8654 </p>
8655 <p>get_instruction =
8656 </p>
8657 <blockquote class="text">
8658 <p>AVAILABLE_ENGINES
8659
8660 </p>
8661 <p>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
8662
8663 </p>
8664 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
8665
8666 </p>
8667 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
8668
8669 </p>
8670 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
8671
8672 </p>
8673 <p>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
8674
8675 </p>
8676 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
8677
8678 </p>
8679 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
8680
8681 </p>
8682 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
8683
8684 </p>
8685 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
8686
8687 </p>
8688 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
8689
8690 </p>
8691 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
8692
8693 </p>
8694 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
8695
8696 </p>
8697 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP INFO SP number SP number
8698
8699 </p>
8700 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
8701
8702 </p>
8703 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP INFO SP number SP number
8704
8705 </p>
8706 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
8707
8708 </p>
8709 <p>/ CHANNELS
8710
8711 </p>
8712 <p>/ CHANNEL SP INFO SP sampler_channel
8713
8714 </p>
8715 <p>/ CHANNEL SP BUFFER_FILL SP buffer_size_type SP sampler_channel
8716
8717 </p>
8718 <p>/ CHANNEL SP STREAM_COUNT SP sampler_channel
8719
8720 </p>
8721 <p>/ CHANNEL SP VOICE_COUNT SP sampler_channel
8722
8723 </p>
8724 <p>/ ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
8725
8726 </p>
8727 <p>/ SERVER SP INFO
8728
8729 </p>
8730 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
8731
8732 </p>
8733 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
8734
8735 </p>
8736 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8737
8738 </p>
8739 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8740
8741 </p>
8742 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8743
8744 </p>
8745 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
8746
8747 </p>
8748 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
8749
8750 </p>
8751 <p>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
8752
8753 </p>
8754 <p>/ FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8755
8756 </p>
8757 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP pathname
8758
8759 </p>
8760 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP pathname
8761
8762 </p>
8763 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname
8764
8765 </p>
8766 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP pathname
8767
8768 </p>
8769 <p>/ VOLUME
8770
8771 </p>
8772 </blockquote><p>
8773
8774 </p>
8775 <p>set_instruction =
8776 </p>
8777 <blockquote class="text">
8778 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
8779
8780 </p>
8781 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
8782
8783 </p>
8784 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
8785
8786 </p>
8787 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
8788
8789 </p>
8790 <p>/ CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
8791
8792 </p>
8793 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
8794
8795 </p>
8796 <p>/ FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
8797
8798 </p>
8799 <p>/ FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
8800
8801 </p>
8802 <p>/ FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP midi_ctrl
8803
8804 </p>
8805 <p>/ FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP volume_value
8806
8807 </p>
8808 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP pathname SP dirname
8809
8810 </p>
8811 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP pathname SP stringval
8812
8813 </p>
8814 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP pathname SP dirname
8815
8816 </p>
8817 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP pathname SP stringval
8818
8819 </p>
8820 <p>/ ECHO SP boolean
8821
8822 </p>
8823 <p>/ VOLUME SP volume_value
8824
8825 </p>
8826 </blockquote><p>
8827
8828 </p>
8829 <p>create_instruction =
8830 </p>
8831 <blockquote class="text">
8832 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
8833
8834 </p>
8835 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string
8836
8837 </p>
8838 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
8839
8840 </p>
8841 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
8842
8843 </p>
8844 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
8845
8846 </p>
8847 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
8848
8849 </p>
8850 </blockquote><p>
8851
8852 </p>
8853 <p>reset_instruction =
8854 </p>
8855 <blockquote class="text">
8856 <p>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
8857
8858 </p>
8859 </blockquote><p>
8860
8861 </p>
8862 <p>clear_instruction =
8863 </p>
8864 <blockquote class="text">
8865 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8866
8867 </p>
8868 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8869
8870 </p>
8871 </blockquote><p>
8872
8873 </p>
8874 <p>move_instruction =
8875 </p>
8876 <blockquote class="text">
8877 <p>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname SP pathname
8878
8879 </p>
8880 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP pathname SP pathname
8881
8882 </p>
8883 </blockquote><p>
8884
8885 </p>
8886 <p>destroy_instruction =
8887 </p>
8888 <blockquote class="text">
8889 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
8890
8891 </p>
8892 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
8893
8894 </p>
8895 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8896
8897 </p>
8898 </blockquote><p>
8899
8900 </p>
8901 <p>load_instruction =
8902 </p>
8903 <blockquote class="text">
8904 <p>INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
8905
8906 </p>
8907 <p>/ ENGINE SP load_engine_args
8908
8909 </p>
8910 </blockquote><p>
8911
8912 </p>
8913 <p>set_chan_instruction =
8914 </p>
8915 <blockquote class="text">
8916 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8917
8918 </p>
8919 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
8920
8921 </p>
8922 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
8923
8924 </p>
8925 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
8926
8927 </p>
8928 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8929
8930 </p>
8931 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_port_index
8932
8933 </p>
8934 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_channel_index
8935
8936 </p>
8937 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_type_name
8938
8939 </p>
8940 <p>/ VOLUME SP sampler_channel SP volume_value
8941
8942 </p>
8943 <p>/ MUTE SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8944
8945 </p>
8946 <p>/ SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8947
8948 </p>
8949 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
8950
8951 </p>
8952 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
8953
8954 </p>
8955 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
8956
8957 </p>
8958 </blockquote><p>
8959
8960 </p>
8961 <p>modal_arg =
8962 </p>
8963 <blockquote class="text">
8964 <p>/* epsilon (empty argument) */
8965
8966 </p>
8967 <p>/ NON_MODAL SP
8968
8969 </p>
8970 </blockquote><p>
8971
8972 </p>
8973 <p>key_val_list =
8974 </p>
8975 <blockquote class="text">
8976 <p>string '=' param_val_list
8977
8978 </p>
8979 <p>/ key_val_list SP string '=' param_val_list
8980
8981 </p>
8982 </blockquote><p>
8983
8984 </p>
8985 <p>buffer_size_type =
8986 </p>
8987 <blockquote class="text">
8988 <p>BYTES
8989
8990 </p>
8991 <p>/ PERCENTAGE
8992
8993 </p>
8994 </blockquote><p>
8995
8996 </p>
8997 <p>list_instruction =
8998 </p>
8999 <blockquote class="text">
9000 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
9001
9002 </p>
9003 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
9004
9005 </p>
9006 <p>/ CHANNELS
9007
9008 </p>
9009 <p>/ AVAILABLE_ENGINES
9010
9011 </p>
9012 <p>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
9013
9014 </p>
9015 <p>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
9016
9017 </p>
9018 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
9019
9020 </p>
9021 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
9022
9023 </p>
9024 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
9025
9026 </p>
9027 <p>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
9028
9029 </p>
9030 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP pathname
9031
9032 </p>
9033 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname
9034
9035 </p>
9036 </blockquote><p>
9037
9038 </p>
9039 <p>load_instr_args =
9040 </p>
9041 <blockquote class="text">
9042 <p>filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
9043
9044 </p>
9045 <p>/ NON_MODAL SP filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
9046
9047 </p>
9048 </blockquote><p>
9049
9050 </p>
9051 <p>load_engine_args =
9052 </p>
9053 <blockquote class="text">
9054 <p>engine_name SP sampler_channel
9055
9056 </p>
9057 </blockquote><p>
9058
9059 </p>
9060 <p>instr_load_mode =
9061 </p>
9062 <blockquote class="text">
9063 <p>ON_DEMAND
9064
9065 </p>
9066 <p>/ ON_DEMAND_HOLD
9067
9068 </p>
9069 <p>/ PERSISTENT
9070
9071 </p>
9072 </blockquote><p>
9073
9074 </p>
9075 <p>device_index =
9076 </p>
9077 <blockquote class="text">
9078 <p>number
9079
9080 </p>
9081 </blockquote><p>
9082
9083 </p>
9084 <p>audio_channel_index =
9085 </p>
9086 <blockquote class="text">
9087 <p>number
9088
9089 </p>
9090 </blockquote><p>
9091
9092 </p>
9093 <p>audio_output_type_name =
9094 </p>
9095 <blockquote class="text">
9096 <p>string
9097
9098 </p>
9099 </blockquote><p>
9100
9101 </p>
9102 <p>midi_input_port_index =
9103 </p>
9104 <blockquote class="text">
9105 <p>number
9106
9107 </p>
9108 </blockquote><p>
9109
9110 </p>
9111 <p>midi_input_channel_index =
9112 </p>
9113 <blockquote class="text">
9114 <p>number
9115
9116 </p>
9117 <p>/ ALL
9118
9119 </p>
9120 </blockquote><p>
9121
9122 </p>
9123 <p>midi_input_type_name =
9124 </p>
9125 <blockquote class="text">
9126 <p>string
9127
9128 </p>
9129 </blockquote><p>
9130
9131 </p>
9132 <p>midi_map =
9133 </p>
9134 <blockquote class="text">
9135 <p>number
9136
9137 </p>
9138 </blockquote><p>
9139
9140 </p>
9141 <p>midi_bank =
9142 </p>
9143 <blockquote class="text">
9144 <p>number
9145
9146 </p>
9147 </blockquote><p>
9148
9149 </p>
9150 <p>midi_prog =
9151 </p>
9152 <blockquote class="text">
9153 <p>number
9154
9155 </p>
9156 </blockquote><p>
9157
9158 </p>
9159 <p>midi_ctrl =
9160 </p>
9161 <blockquote class="text">
9162 <p>number
9163
9164 </p>
9165 </blockquote><p>
9166
9167 </p>
9168 <p>volume_value =
9169 </p>
9170 <blockquote class="text">
9171 <p>dotnum
9172
9173 </p>
9174 <p>/ number
9175
9176 </p>
9177 </blockquote><p>
9178
9179 </p>
9180 <p>sampler_channel =
9181 </p>
9182 <blockquote class="text">
9183 <p>number
9184
9185 </p>
9186 </blockquote><p>
9187
9188 </p>
9189 <p>instrument_index =
9190 </p>
9191 <blockquote class="text">
9192 <p>number
9193
9194 </p>
9195 </blockquote><p>
9196
9197 </p>
9198 <p>fx_send_id =
9199 </p>
9200 <blockquote class="text">
9201 <p>number
9202
9203 </p>
9204 </blockquote><p>
9205
9206 </p>
9207 <p>engine_name =
9208 </p>
9209 <blockquote class="text">
9210 <p>string
9211
9212 </p>
9213 </blockquote><p>
9214
9215 </p>
9216 <p>pathname =
9217 </p>
9218 <blockquote class="text">
9219 <p>stringval
9220
9221 </p>
9222 </blockquote><p>
9223
9224 </p>
9225 <p>dirname =
9226 </p>
9227 <blockquote class="text">
9228 <p>stringval
9229
9230 </p>
9231 </blockquote><p>
9232
9233 </p>
9234 <p>filename =
9235 </p>
9236 <blockquote class="text">
9237 <p>stringval
9238
9239 </p>
9240 </blockquote><p>
9241
9242 </p>
9243 <p>map_name =
9244 </p>
9245 <blockquote class="text">
9246 <p>stringval
9247
9248 </p>
9249 </blockquote><p>
9250
9251 </p>
9252 <p>entry_name =
9253 </p>
9254 <blockquote class="text">
9255 <p>stringval
9256
9257 </p>
9258 </blockquote><p>
9259
9260 </p>
9261 <p>fx_send_name =
9262 </p>
9263 <blockquote class="text">
9264 <p>stringval
9265
9266 </p>
9267 </blockquote><p>
9268
9269 </p>
9270 <p>param_val_list =
9271 </p>
9272 <blockquote class="text">
9273 <p>param_val
9274
9275 </p>
9276 <p>/ param_val_list','param_val
9277
9278 </p>
9279 </blockquote><p>
9280
9281 </p>
9282 <p>param_val =
9283 </p>
9284 <blockquote class="text">
9285 <p>string
9286
9287 </p>
9288 <p>/ stringval
9289
9290 </p>
9291 <p>/ number
9292
9293 </p>
9294 <p>/ dotnum
9295
9296 </p>
9297 </blockquote><p>
9298
9299 </p>
9300 <a name="events"></a><br /><hr />
9301 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9302 <a name="rfc.section.8"></a><h3>8.&nbsp;
9303 Events</h3>
9304
9305 <p>This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by LinuxSampler.
9306 </p>
9307 <a name="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9308 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9309 <a name="rfc.section.8.1"></a><h3>8.1.&nbsp;
9310 Number of audio output devices changed</h3>
9311
9312 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output devices on the
9313 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9314 </p>
9315 <p>
9316 </p>
9317 <blockquote class="text">
9318 <p>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9319 </p>
9320 </blockquote><p>
9321
9322 </p>
9323 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9324 </p>
9325 <p>
9326 </p>
9327 <blockquote class="text">
9328 <p>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"
9329 </p>
9330 </blockquote><p>
9331
9332 </p>
9333 <p>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
9334 of audio output devices.
9335 </p>
9336 <a name="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9337 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9338 <a name="rfc.section.8.2"></a><h3>8.2.&nbsp;
9339 Audio output device's settings changed</h3>
9340
9341 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output devices on the
9342 back-end by issuing the following command:
9343 </p>
9344 <p>
9345 </p>
9346 <blockquote class="text">
9347 <p>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9348 </p>
9349 </blockquote><p>
9350
9351 </p>
9352 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9353 </p>
9354 <p>
9355 </p>
9356 <blockquote class="text">
9357 <p>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"
9358 </p>
9359 </blockquote><p>
9360
9361 </p>
9362 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device,
9363 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
9364 the respective command to actually get the audio output device info. Because these messages
9365 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9366 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9367 message is sufficient here.
9368 </p>
9369 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9370 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9371 <a name="rfc.section.8.3"></a><h3>8.3.&nbsp;
9372 Number of MIDI input devices changed</h3>
9373
9374 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input devices on the
9375 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9376 </p>
9377 <p>
9378 </p>
9379 <blockquote class="text">
9380 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9381 </p>
9382 </blockquote><p>
9383
9384 </p>
9385 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9386 </p>
9387 <p>
9388 </p>
9389 <blockquote class="text">
9390 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"
9391 </p>
9392 </blockquote><p>
9393
9394 </p>
9395 <p>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
9396 of MIDI input devices.
9397 </p>
9398 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9399 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9400 <a name="rfc.section.8.4"></a><h3>8.4.&nbsp;
9401 MIDI input device's settings changed</h3>
9402
9403 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input devices on the
9404 back-end by issuing the following command:
9405 </p>
9406 <p>
9407 </p>
9408 <blockquote class="text">
9409 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9410 </p>
9411 </blockquote><p>
9412
9413 </p>
9414 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9415 </p>
9416 <p>
9417 </p>
9418 <blockquote class="text">
9419 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"
9420 </p>
9421 </blockquote><p>
9422
9423 </p>
9424 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI input device,
9425 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
9426 the respective command to actually get the MIDI input device info. Because these messages
9427 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9428 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9429 message is sufficient here.
9430 </p>
9431 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9432 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9433 <a name="rfc.section.8.5"></a><h3>8.5.&nbsp;
9434 Number of sampler channels changed</h3>
9435
9436 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on the
9437 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9438 </p>
9439 <p>
9440 </p>
9441 <blockquote class="text">
9442 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT
9443 </p>
9444 </blockquote><p>
9445
9446 </p>
9447 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9448 </p>
9449 <p>
9450 </p>
9451 <blockquote class="text">
9452 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_COUNT:&lt;channels&gt;"
9453 </p>
9454 </blockquote><p>
9455
9456 </p>
9457 <p>where &lt;channels&gt; will be replaced by the new number
9458 of sampler channels.
9459 </p>
9460 <a name="SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9461 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9462 <a name="rfc.section.8.6"></a><h3>8.6.&nbsp;
9463 Number of active voices changed</h3>
9464
9465 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the
9466 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9467 </p>
9468 <p>
9469 </p>
9470 <blockquote class="text">
9471 <p>SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT
9472 </p>
9473 </blockquote><p>
9474
9475 </p>
9476 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9477 </p>
9478 <p>
9479 </p>
9480 <blockquote class="text">
9481 <p>"NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;voices&gt;"
9482 </p>
9483 </blockquote><p>
9484
9485 </p>
9486 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9487 voice count change occurred and &lt;voices&gt; by the new number of
9488 active voices on that channel.
9489 </p>
9490 <a name="SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9491 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9492 <a name="rfc.section.8.7"></a><h3>8.7.&nbsp;
9493 Number of active disk streams changed</h3>
9494
9495 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the back-end
9496 changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
9497 </p>
9498 <p>
9499 </p>
9500 <blockquote class="text">
9501 <p>SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
9502 </p>
9503 </blockquote><p>
9504
9505 </p>
9506 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9507 </p>
9508 <p>
9509 </p>
9510 <blockquote class="text">
9511 <p>"NOTIFY:STREAM_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;streams&gt;"
9512 </p>
9513 </blockquote><p>
9514
9515 </p>
9516 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9517 stream count change occurred and &lt;streams&gt; by the new number of
9518 active disk streams on that channel.
9519 </p>
9520 <a name="SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL"></a><br /><hr />
9521 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9522 <a name="rfc.section.8.8"></a><h3>8.8.&nbsp;
9523 Disk stream buffer fill state changed</h3>
9524
9525 <p>Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk stream
9526 on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9527 </p>
9528 <p>
9529 </p>
9530 <blockquote class="text">
9531 <p>SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL
9532 </p>
9533 </blockquote><p>
9534
9535 </p>
9536 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9537 </p>
9538 <p>
9539 </p>
9540 <blockquote class="text">
9541 <p>"NOTIFY:BUFFER_FILL:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fill-data&gt;"
9542 </p>
9543 </blockquote><p>
9544
9545 </p>
9546 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9547 buffer fill state change occurred on and &lt;fill-data&gt; will be replaced by the
9548 buffer fill data for this channel as described in <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL'>Section&nbsp;6.4.13<span> (</span><span class='info'>Current fill state of disk stream buffers</span><span>)</span></a>
9549 as if the <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL'>"GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Current fill state of disk stream buffers</span><span>)</span></a> command was issued on this channel.
9550 </p>
9551 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9552 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9553 <a name="rfc.section.8.9"></a><h3>8.9.&nbsp;
9554 Channel information changed</h3>
9555
9556 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler channels on the
9557 back-end by issuing the following command:
9558 </p>
9559 <p>
9560 </p>
9561 <blockquote class="text">
9562 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO
9563 </p>
9564 </blockquote><p>
9565
9566 </p>
9567 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9568 </p>
9569 <p>
9570 </p>
9571 <blockquote class="text">
9572 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_INFO:&lt;sampler-channel&gt;"
9573 </p>
9574 </blockquote><p>
9575
9576 </p>
9577 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9578 channel info change occurred. The front-end will have to send
9579 the respective command to actually get the channel info. Because these messages
9580 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9581 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9582 message is sufficient here.
9583 </p>
9584 <a name="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9585 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9586 <a name="rfc.section.8.10"></a><h3>8.10.&nbsp;
9587 Number of effect sends changed</h3>
9588
9589 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on
9590 a particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following command:
9591 </p>
9592 <p>
9593 </p>
9594 <blockquote class="text">
9595 <p>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT
9596 </p>
9597 </blockquote><p>
9598
9599 </p>
9600 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9601 </p>
9602 <p>
9603 </p>
9604 <blockquote class="text">
9605 <p>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-sends&gt;"
9606 </p>
9607 </blockquote><p>
9608
9609 </p>
9610 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
9611 channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and &lt;fx-sends&gt; will
9612 be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that channel.
9613 </p>
9614 <a name="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9615 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9616 <a name="rfc.section.8.11"></a><h3>8.11.&nbsp;
9617 Effect send information changed</h3>
9618
9619 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends on a
9620 a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:
9621 </p>
9622 <p>
9623 </p>
9624 <blockquote class="text">
9625 <p>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO
9626 </p>
9627 </blockquote><p>
9628
9629 </p>
9630 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9631 </p>
9632 <p>
9633 </p>
9634 <blockquote class="text">
9635 <p>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;"
9636 </p>
9637 </blockquote><p>
9638
9639 </p>
9640 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
9641 channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and &lt;fx-send-id&gt; will
9642 be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect send.
9643 </p>
9644 <a name="SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9645 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9646 <a name="rfc.section.8.12"></a><h3>8.12.&nbsp;
9647 Total number of active voices changed</h3>
9648
9649 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
9650 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9651 </p>
9652 <p>
9653 </p>
9654 <blockquote class="text">
9655 <p>SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9656 </p>
9657 </blockquote><p>
9658
9659 </p>
9660 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9661 </p>
9662 <p>
9663 </p>
9664 <blockquote class="text">
9665 <p>"NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:&lt;voices&gt;"
9666 </p>
9667 </blockquote><p>
9668
9669 </p>
9670 <p>where &lt;voices&gt; will be replaced by the new number of
9671 all currently active voices.
9672 </p>
9673 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9674 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9675 <a name="rfc.section.8.13"></a><h3>8.13.&nbsp;
9676 Number of MIDI instrument maps changed</h3>
9677
9678 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
9679 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9680 </p>
9681 <p>
9682 </p>
9683 <blockquote class="text">
9684 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
9685 </p>
9686 </blockquote><p>
9687
9688 </p>
9689 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9690 </p>
9691 <p>
9692 </p>
9693 <blockquote class="text">
9694 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:&lt;maps&gt;"
9695 </p>
9696 </blockquote><p>
9697
9698 </p>
9699 <p>where &lt;maps&gt; will be replaced by the new number
9700 of MIDI instrument maps.
9701 </p>
9702 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9703 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9704 <a name="rfc.section.8.14"></a><h3>8.14.&nbsp;
9705 MIDI instrument map information changed</h3>
9706
9707 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instrument maps on the
9708 back-end by issuing the following command:
9709 </p>
9710 <p>
9711 </p>
9712 <blockquote class="text">
9713 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
9714 </p>
9715 </blockquote><p>
9716
9717 </p>
9718 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9719 </p>
9720 <p>
9721 </p>
9722 <blockquote class="text">
9723 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt;"
9724 </p>
9725 </blockquote><p>
9726
9727 </p>
9728 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
9729 for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
9730 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument map info. Because these messages
9731 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9732 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9733 message is sufficient here.
9734 </p>
9735 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9736 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9737 <a name="rfc.section.8.15"></a><h3>8.15.&nbsp;
9738 Number of MIDI instruments changed</h3>
9739
9740 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
9741 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9742 </p>
9743 <p>
9744 </p>
9745 <blockquote class="text">
9746 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9747 </p>
9748 </blockquote><p>
9749
9750 </p>
9751 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9752 </p>
9753 <p>
9754 </p>
9755 <blockquote class="text">
9756 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;instruments&gt;"
9757 </p>
9758 </blockquote><p>
9759
9760 </p>
9761 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in which
9762 the nuber of instruments has changed and &lt;instruments&gt; will be replaced by
9763 the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.
9764 </p>
9765 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9766 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9767 <a name="rfc.section.8.16"></a><h3>8.16.&nbsp;
9768 MIDI instrument information changed</h3>
9769
9770 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instruments on the
9771 back-end by issuing the following command:
9772 </p>
9773 <p>
9774 </p>
9775 <blockquote class="text">
9776 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9777 </p>
9778 </blockquote><p>
9779
9780 </p>
9781 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9782 </p>
9783 <p>
9784 </p>
9785 <blockquote class="text">
9786 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;bank&gt; &lt;program&gt;"
9787 </p>
9788 </blockquote><p>
9789
9790 </p>
9791 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
9792 in which a MIDI instrument is changed. &lt;bank&gt; and &lt;program&gt; specifies
9793 the location of the changed MIDI instrument in the map. The front-end will have to send
9794 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument info. Because these messages
9795 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9796 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9797 message is sufficient here.
9798 </p>
9799 <a name="SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9800 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9801 <a name="rfc.section.8.17"></a><h3>8.17.&nbsp;
9802 Global settings changed</h3>
9803
9804 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings
9805 of the sampler were made by issuing the following command:
9806 </p>
9807 <p>
9808 </p>
9809 <blockquote class="text">
9810 <p>SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO
9811 </p>
9812 </blockquote><p>
9813
9814 </p>
9815 <p>Server will start sending the following types of notification messages:
9816 </p>
9817 <p>
9818 </p>
9819 <blockquote class="text">
9820 <p>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;" - Notifies that the
9821 golbal volume of the sampler is changed, where &lt;volume&gt; will be
9822 replaced by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the
9823 new global volume parameter.
9824 </p>
9825 </blockquote><p>
9826
9827 </p>
9828 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9829 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9830 <a name="rfc.section.8.18"></a><h3>8.18.&nbsp;
9831 Number of database instrument directories changed</h3>
9832
9833 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
9834 directories in a particular directory in the instruments database
9835 is changed by issuing the following command:
9836 </p>
9837 <p>
9838 </p>
9839 <blockquote class="text">
9840 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
9841 </p>
9842 </blockquote><p>
9843
9844 </p>
9845 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9846 </p>
9847 <p>
9848 </p>
9849 <blockquote class="text">
9850 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
9851 </p>
9852 </blockquote><p>
9853
9854 </p>
9855 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
9856 name of the directory in the instruments database,
9857 in which the number of directories is changed.
9858 </p>
9859 <p>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
9860 is not sent for the subdirectories in that directory.
9861 </p>
9862 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9863 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9864 <a name="rfc.section.8.19"></a><h3>8.19.&nbsp;
9865 Database instrument directory information changed</h3>
9866
9867 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
9868 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9869 </p>
9870 <p>
9871 </p>
9872 <blockquote class="text">
9873 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
9874 </p>
9875 </blockquote><p>
9876
9877 </p>
9878 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9879 </p>
9880 <p>
9881 </p>
9882 <blockquote class="text">
9883 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
9884 </p>
9885 </blockquote><p>
9886
9887 </p>
9888 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
9889 of the directory, for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
9890 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
9891 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9892 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9893 message is sufficient here.
9894 </p>
9895 <p>
9896 </p>
9897 <blockquote class="text">
9898 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME &lt;old-dir-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"
9899 </p>
9900 </blockquote><p>
9901
9902 </p>
9903 <p>where &lt;old-dir-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the directory
9904 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
9905 the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.
9906 </p>
9907 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
9908 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9909 <a name="rfc.section.8.20"></a><h3>8.20.&nbsp;
9910 Number of database instruments changed</h3>
9911
9912 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments
9913 in a particular directory in the instruments database
9914 is changed by issuing the following command:
9915 </p>
9916 <p>
9917 </p>
9918 <blockquote class="text">
9919 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9920 </p>
9921 </blockquote><p>
9922
9923 </p>
9924 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9925 </p>
9926 <p>
9927 </p>
9928 <blockquote class="text">
9929 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
9930 </p>
9931 </blockquote><p>
9932
9933 </p>
9934 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
9935 name of the directory in the instruments database,
9936 in which the number of instruments is changed.
9937 </p>
9938 <p>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
9939 is not sent for the instruments in that directory.
9940 </p>
9941 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
9942 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9943 <a name="rfc.section.8.21"></a><h3>8.21.&nbsp;
9944 Database instrument information changed</h3>
9945
9946 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
9947 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9948 </p>
9949 <p>
9950 </p>
9951 <blockquote class="text">
9952 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9953 </p>
9954 </blockquote><p>
9955
9956 </p>
9957 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9958 </p>
9959 <p>
9960 </p>
9961 <blockquote class="text">
9962 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;instr-path&gt;"
9963 </p>
9964 </blockquote><p>
9965
9966 </p>
9967 <p>where &lt;instr-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
9968 of the instrument, which settings are changed. The front-end will have to send
9969 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
9970 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
9971 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9972 message is sufficient here.
9973 </p>
9974 <p>
9975 </p>
9976 <blockquote class="text">
9977 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME &lt;old-instr-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"
9978 </p>
9979 </blockquote><p>
9980
9981 </p>
9982 <p>where &lt;old-instr-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the instrument
9983 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
9984 the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into apostrophes.
9985 </p>
9986 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS"></a><br /><hr />
9987 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9988 <a name="rfc.section.8.22"></a><h3>8.22.&nbsp;
9989 Miscellaneous and debugging events</h3>
9990
9991 <p>Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events occurring at
9992 the server by issuing the following command:
9993 </p>
9994 <p>
9995 </p>
9996 <blockquote class="text">
9997 <p>SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS
9998 </p>
9999 </blockquote><p>
10000
10001 </p>
10002 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10003 </p>
10004 <p>
10005 </p>
10006 <blockquote class="text">
10007 <p>"NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:&lt;string&gt;"
10008 </p>
10009 </blockquote><p>
10010
10011 </p>
10012 <p>where &lt;string&gt; will be replaced by whatever data server
10013 wants to send to the client. Client MAY display this data to the
10014 user AS IS to facilitate debugging.
10015 </p>
10016 <a name="anchor14"></a><br /><hr />
10017 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10018 <a name="rfc.section.9"></a><h3>9.&nbsp;
10019 Security Considerations</h3>
10020
10021 <p>As there is so far no method of authentication and authorization
10022 defined and so not required for a client applications to succeed to
10023 connect, running LinuxSampler might be a security risk for the host
10024 system the LinuxSampler instance is running on.
10025 </p>
10026 <a name="anchor15"></a><br /><hr />
10027 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10028 <a name="rfc.section.10"></a><h3>10.&nbsp;
10029 Acknowledgments</h3>
10030
10031 <p>This document has benefited greatly from the comments of the
10032 following people, discussed on the LinuxSampler developer's mailing
10033 list:
10034 </p>
10035 <p>
10036 </p>
10037 <blockquote class="text">
10038 <p>Rui Nuno Capela
10039 </p>
10040 <p>Vladimir Senkov
10041 </p>
10042 <p>Mark Knecht
10043 </p>
10044 <p>Grigor Iliev
10045 </p>
10046 </blockquote><p>
10047
10048 </p>
10049 <a name="rfc.references1"></a><br /><hr />
10050 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10051 <h3>11.&nbsp;References</h3>
10052 <table width="99%" border="0">
10053 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC2119">[RFC2119]</a></td>
10054 <td class="author-text">Bradner, S., &ldquo;<a href="ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2119.txt">Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;2119, 1997.</td></tr>
10055 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC2234">[RFC2234]</a></td>
10056 <td class="author-text">Crocker, D. and P. Overell, &ldquo;<a href="ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2234.txt">Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;2234, 1997.</td></tr>
10057 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC793">[RFC793]</a></td>
10058 <td class="author-text">Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, &ldquo;<a href="ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc793.txt">TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;793, 1981.</td></tr>
10059 </table>
10060
10061 <a name="rfc.authors"></a><br /><hr />
10062 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10063 <h3>Author's Address</h3>
10064 <table width="99%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
10065 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10066 <td class="author-text">C.
10067 Schoenebeck</td></tr>
10068 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10069 <td class="author-text">Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.</td></tr>
10070 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10071 <td class="author-text">Max-Planck-Str. 39</td></tr>
10072 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10073 <td class="author-text">74081 Heilbronn</td></tr>
10074 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10075 <td class="author-text">Germany</td></tr>
10076 <tr><td class="author" align="right">Email:&nbsp;</td>
10077 <td class="author-text"><a href="mailto:schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org">schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org</a></td></tr>
10078 </table>
10079 <a name="rfc.copyright"></a><br /><hr />
10080 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10081 <h3>Full Copyright Statement</h3>
10082 <p class='copyright'>
10083 Copyright &copy; The IETF Trust (2007).</p>
10084 <p class='copyright'>
10085 This document is subject to the rights,
10086 licenses and restrictions contained in BCP&nbsp;78,
10087 and except as set forth therein,
10088 the authors retain all their rights.</p>
10089 <p class='copyright'>
10090 This document and the information contained herein are provided
10091 on an &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo; basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR,
10092 THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
10093 OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST
10094 AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES,
10095 EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT
10096 THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY
10097 IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
10098 PURPOSE.</p>
10099 <h3>Intellectual Property</h3>
10100 <p class='copyright'>
10101 The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
10102 Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed
10103 to pertain to the implementation or use of the technology
10104 described in this document or the extent to which any license
10105 under such rights might or might not be available; nor does it
10106 represent that it has made any independent effort to identify any
10107 such rights.
10108 Information on the procedures with respect to
10109 rights in RFC documents can be found in BCP&nbsp;78 and BCP&nbsp;79.</p>
10110 <p class='copyright'>
10111 Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
10112 assurances of licenses to be made available,
10113 or the result of an attempt made to obtain a general license or
10114 permission for the use of such proprietary rights by implementers or
10115 users of this specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR
10116 repository at <a href='http://www.ietf.org/ipr'>http://www.ietf.org/ipr</a>.</p>
10117 <p class='copyright'>
10118 The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention
10119 any copyrights,
10120 patents or patent applications,
10121 or other
10122 proprietary rights that may cover technology that may be required
10123 to implement this standard.
10124 Please address the information to the IETF at <a href='mailto:ietf-ipr@ietf.org'>ietf-ipr@ietf.org</a>.</p>
10125 <h3>Acknowledgment</h3>
10126 <p class='copyright'>
10127 Funding for the RFC Editor function is provided by
10128 the IETF Administrative Support Activity (IASA).</p>
10129 </body></html>

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC